diff options
| author | marha <marha@users.sourceforge.net> | 2011-05-25 10:17:05 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | marha <marha@users.sourceforge.net> | 2011-05-25 10:17:05 +0000 |
| commit | b2e1c9dff46fdf1b5936115531693981454ca466 (patch) | |
| tree | 371066790026c61f9c10f1f6c9a0f734501fbc8c /libX11 | |
| parent | 134e84afc1e0fa3725e41dff781536a05ef724ff (diff) | |
| parent | 741ef6e15af761d44ca0d8d54f6b99c33dd1b6bd (diff) | |
| download | vcxsrv-b2e1c9dff46fdf1b5936115531693981454ca466.tar.gz vcxsrv-b2e1c9dff46fdf1b5936115531693981454ca466.tar.bz2 vcxsrv-b2e1c9dff46fdf1b5936115531693981454ca466.zip | |
merge ^/branches/released .
Diffstat (limited to 'libX11')
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml | 76 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml | 36 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml | 124 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml | 58 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml | 5020 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml | 16 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml | 134 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml | 58 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml | 88 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml | 52 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml | 54 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml | 64 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml | 132 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml | 90 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml | 56 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml | 96 |
16 files changed, 3077 insertions, 3077 deletions
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml index 16f7dfddb..fee71ec54 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppC.xml @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ and </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryExtension</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xqueryextension'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XQueryExtension</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' are all considered different names.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListExtensions</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlistextensions'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char **<function>XListExtensions</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ then the returned strings are in the Host Portable Character Encoding. Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreeextensionlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeExtensionList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ typedef struct _XExtCodes { /* public to extension, cannot be changed */ <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitExtension</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xinitextension'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XExtCodes *<function>XInitExtension</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ This extension number is unique only to a single connection. <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddExtension</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xaddextension'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XExtCodes *<function>XAddExtension</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ All of these functions return the previous procedure defined for this extension.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCloseDisplay</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetclosedisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XESetCloseDisplay</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ with these arguments: <para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCreateGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetcreategc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetCreateGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ your procedure is called with these arguments: </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCopyGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetcopygc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetCopyGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ your procedure is called with these arguments: </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetfreegc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetFreeGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ your procedure is called with these arguments: <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetCreateFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetcreatefont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetCreateFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ your procedure is called with these arguments: <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetFreeFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetfreefont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetFreeFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ in the structure will be fully portable between machines. <!-- .NE -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetWireToEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetwiretoevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetWireToEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ with the event and use the return value. <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XSetLastRequestRead</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetlastrequestread'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long<function>_XSetLastRequestRead</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ serial number in the event. <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetEventToWire</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xeseteventtowire'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status *<function>XESetEventToWire</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ All other members then should be copied from the host format to the structure.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetWireToError</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetwiretoerror'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool *<function>XESetWireToError</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ otherwise, it should return <symbol>True</symbol>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetError</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xeseterror'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetError</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ the error is suppressed, and returns the value of ret_code.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetErrorString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xeseterrorstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XESetErrorString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ You should copy nbytes of a null-terminated string containing the error message into buffer.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetPrintErrorValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetprinterrorvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void *<function>XESetPrintErrorValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ The underlying type of the fp argument is system dependent; on a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-compliant system, fp should be cast to type FILE*.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XESetFlushGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xesetflushgc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XESetFlushGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ union { Display *display; <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEHeadOfExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xeheadofextensionlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XExtData **<function>XEHeadOfExtensionList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XEDataObject<parameter> object</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ of types contained in <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddToExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xaddtoextensionlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAddToExtensionList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XExtData<parameter> **structure</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ You must initialize ext_data->number with the extension number before calling this function.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFindOnExtensionList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfindonextensionlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XExtData *<function>XFindOnExtensionList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>struct_XExtData<parameter> **structure</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ macro, which allocates and returns a resource ID, is defined in <X11/Xlib.h>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocID</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xallocid'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAllocID</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ The macro allocates and returns an array of resource ID.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocIDs</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xallocids'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAllocIDs</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ The macro is defined as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>FlushGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='flushgc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>FlushGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ procedure is defined as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XFlushGCCache</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xflushgccache'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>_XFlushGCCache</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2331,7 +2331,7 @@ architecture. Two calls, which are generally implemented as macros, have been provided.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>LockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='lockdisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>LockDisplay</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2342,7 +2342,7 @@ Two calls, which are generally implemented as macros, have been provided. <para>
<!-- .LP -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>UnlockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='unlockdisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>UnlockDisplay</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ macros take three arguments: the display, a pointer to the beginning of the data,
and the number of bytes to be sent.
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='data'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>Data</function></funcdef>
<paramdef><parameter> display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ If any events arrive in the meantime, places them in the queue for later use.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XReply</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xreply'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>_XReply</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ function to read the variable-length data. <para>
<!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xread'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>_XRead</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2802,7 +2802,7 @@ function reads the specified number of bytes into data_return. <para>
<!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xread16'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>_XRead16</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@ into the specified array as shorts. <para>
<!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xread32'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>_XRead32</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ into the specified array as longs. <para>
<!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xread16pad'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>_XRead16Pad</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ reads and discards up to two additional pad bytes. <para>
<!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xreadpad'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>_XReadPad</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3067,7 +3067,7 @@ The following function returns a scratch buffer for use within a critical section:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XAllocScratch</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xallocscratch'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>_XAllocScratch</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3124,7 +3124,7 @@ The following function returns a scratch buffer for use across critical sections:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XAllocTemp</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xalloctemp'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>_XAllocTemp</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ execute inside Xlib. The storage must be explicitly returned to Xlib. The following function returns the storage:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>_XFreeTemp</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='_xfreetemp'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>_XFreeTemp</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml index 0d060069e..c657f0ddd 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/AppD.xml @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ and sets all or portions of the and <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> properties.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardProperties</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstandardproperties'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetStandardProperties</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ This function has been superseded by <function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetnormalhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetNormalHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ This function has been superseded by <function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetnormalhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetNormalHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ This function is no longer supported by the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetzoomhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetZoomHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ This function is no longer supported by the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetZoomHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetzoomhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetZoomHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ This function has been superseded by <function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetsizehints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetSizeHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ This function has been superseded by <function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetsizehints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetSizeHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ This function has been superseded by <function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetstandardcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetStandardColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ This function has been superseded by <function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardColormap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstandardcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetStandardColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ This function has been superseded by <indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>determining location</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGeometry</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgeometry'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XGeometry</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ It is only useful in very simple applications. <!-- .sp -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetDefault</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetdefault'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XGetDefault</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ use #include <X11/X10.h>
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdraw'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XDraw</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ use <para>#include <X11/X10.h></para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawfilled'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XDrawFilled</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateassoctable'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XAssocTable *<function>XCreateAssocTable</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>int<parameter> size</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMakeAssoc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmakeassoc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XMakeAssoc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ use <function>XLookUpAssoc</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookUpAssoc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupassoc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XLookUpAssoc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ use <function>XDeleteAssoc</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteAssoc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdeleteassoc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDeleteAssoc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ use </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyassoctable'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDestroyAssocTable</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XAssocTable<parameter> *table</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml index 4912f71ed..009322306 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH02.xml @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ To open a connection to the X server that controls a display, use <function>XOpenDisplay</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenDisplay</primary></indexterm>
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xopendisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Display *<function>XOpenDisplay</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char *<parameter>display_name</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ The names are intended to convey the expected relative intensity of the colors. <para>
BlackPixel(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xblackpixel'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XBlackPixel</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Both return the black pixel value for the specified screen. <para>
WhitePixel(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwhitepixel'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XWhitePixel</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ Both return the white pixel value for the specified screen. <para>
ConnectionNumber(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xconnectionnumber'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XConnectionNumber</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ this is the file descriptor of the connection. <para>
DefaultColormap(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Colormap <function>XDefaultColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Most routine allocations of color should be made out of this colormap. <para>
DefaultDepth(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultdepth'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDefaultDepth</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ To determine the number of depths that are available on a given screen, use <para>
DefaultGC(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultgc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ This GC should never be freed. <para>
DefaultRootWindow(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultrootwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Window <function>XDefaultRootWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ Both return the root window for the default screen. <para>
DefaultScreenOfDisplay(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultscreenofdisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Screen *<function>XDefaultScreenOfDisplay</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ Both return a pointer to the default screen. <para>
ScreenOfDisplay(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xscreenofdisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Screen *<function>XScreenOfDisplay</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Both return a pointer to the indicated screen. <para>
DefaultScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDefaultScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ in applications that will use only a single screen. <para>
DefaultVisual(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultvisual'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Visual *<function>XDefaultVisual</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ see section 3.1. <para>
DisplayCells(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaycells'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDisplayCells</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ Both return the number of entries in the default colormap. <para>
DisplayPlanes(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayplanes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDisplayPlanes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ see the glossary. <para>
DisplayString(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaystring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XDisplayString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ child process as well as for printing error messages. <para>
LastKnownRequestProcessed(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlastknownrequestprocessed'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XLastKnownRequestProcessed</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ are received. <para>
NextRequest(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xnextrequest'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XNextRequest</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ Serial numbers are maintained separately for each display connection. <para>
ProtocolVersion(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xprotocolversion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XProtocolVersion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ the connected display. <para>
ProtocolRevision(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xprotocolrevision'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XProtocolRevision</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ Both return the minor protocol revision number of the X server. <para>
QLength(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xqlength'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XQLength</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ the queue yet (see <para>
RootWindow(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrootwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Window <function>XRootWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ and for creating top-level windows. <para>
ScreenCount(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xscreencount'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XScreenCount</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ Both return the number of available screens. <para>
ServerVendor(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xservervendor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XServerVendor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ Otherwise, the contents of the string are implementation-dependent. <para>
VendorRelease(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xvendorrelease'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XVendorRelease</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ To obtain the pixmap format information for a given display, use <para>
ImageByteOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='ximagebyteorder'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XImageByteOrder</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ or <para>
BitmapUnit(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xbitmapunit'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XBitmapUnit</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ The scanline is calculated in multiples of this value. <para>
BitmapBitOrder(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xbitmpabitorder'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XBitmapBitOrder</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ or <para>
BitmapPad(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xbitmappad'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XBitmapPad</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ by this macro or function. <para>
DisplayHeight(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayheight'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDisplayHeight</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ in pixels. <para>
DisplayHeightMM(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayheightmm'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDisplayHeightMM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters. <para>
DisplayWidth(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaywidth'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDisplayWidth</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ Both return the width of the screen in pixels. <para>
DisplayWidthMM(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen_number</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaywidthmm'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDisplayWidthMM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ structure. <para>
BlackPixelOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xblackpixelofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XBlackPixelOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ Both return the black pixel value of the specified screen. <para>
WhitePixelOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwhitepixelofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XWhitePixelOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ Both return the white pixel value of the specified screen. <para>
CellsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcellsofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XCellsOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ of the specified screen. <para>
DefaultColormapOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultcolormapofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Colormap <function>XDefaultColormapOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ Both return the default colormap of the specified screen. <para>
DefaultDepthOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultdepthofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDefaultDepthOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ Both return the depth of the root window. <para>
DefaultGCOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultgcofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>GC <function>XDefaultGCOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ The GC must never be freed. <para>
DefaultVisualOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefaultvisualofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Visual *<function>XDefaultVisualOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ see section 3.1. <para>
DoesBackingStore(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdoesbackingstore'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDoesBackingStore</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ or <para>
DoesSaveUnders(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdoessaveunders'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XDoesSaveUnders</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ the screen does not support save unders (see section 3.2.5). <para>
DisplayOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ Both return the display of the specified screen. <para>
EventMaskOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xeventmaskofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>long <function>XEventMaskOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ at connection setup time. <para>
WidthOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwidthofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XWidthOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ Both return the width of the specified screen in pixels. <para>
HeightOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xheightofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XHeightOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ Both return the height of the specified screen in pixels. <para>
WidthMMOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwidthmmofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XWidthMMOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2480,7 +2480,7 @@ Both return the width of the specified screen in millimeters. <para>
HeightMMOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xheightmmofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XHeightMMOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2516,7 +2516,7 @@ Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters. <para>
MaxCmapsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmaxcmapsofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ by the specified screen (see section 9.3). <para>
MinCmapsOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmincmapsofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XMinCmapsOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2590,7 +2590,7 @@ by the specified screen (see section 9.3). <para>
PlanesOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xplanesofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XPlanesOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ Both return the depth of the root window. <para>
RootWindowOfScreen(<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>)
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrootwindowofscreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Window <function>XRootWindowOfScreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ protocol request, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNoOp</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xnoop'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XNoOp</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2708,7 +2708,7 @@ To free in-memory data that was created by an Xlib function, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFree</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfree'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XFree</funcdef>
<paramdef>void<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2754,7 +2754,7 @@ To close a display or disconnect from the X server, use <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xclosedisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XCloseDisplay</funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ To change a client's close-down mode, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCloseDownMode</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetclosedownmode'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XSetCloseDownMode</funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3107,7 +3107,7 @@ To lock a display across several Xlib calls, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlockdisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XLockDisplay</funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@ To unlock a display, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnlockDisplay</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunlockdisplay'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XUnlockDisplay</funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3211,7 +3211,7 @@ facilities. To track internal connections for a display, use
<function>XAddConnectionWatch</function>.
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xconnectionwatch'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>type void XConnectionWatchProc</funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ To track internal connections for a display, use </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xaddconnectionwatch'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status XAddConnectionWatch</funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ To stop tracking internal connections for a display, use <para>
()
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xremoveconnectionwatch'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XRemoveConnectionWatch</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3375,7 +3375,7 @@ To process input on an internal connection, use <para>
()
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xprocessinternalconnection'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XProcessInternalConnection</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3430,7 +3430,7 @@ To obtain all of the current internal connections for a display, use <para>
()
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xinternalconnectionnumbers'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XInternalConnectionNumbers</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml index 645960797..c66caa497 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH03.xml @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ use <function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVisualIDFromVisual</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xvisualidfromvisual'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>VisualID <function>XVisualIDFromVisual</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Visual *<parameter>visual</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ To create an unmapped window and set its window attributes, use <function>XCreateWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatewindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Window <function>XCreateWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ subwindow of a given parent window, use <function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateSimpleWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatesimplewindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Window <function>XCreateSimpleWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ To destroy a window and all of its subwindows, use <function>XDestroyWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroywindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDestroyWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ To destroy all subwindows of a specified window, use <function>XDestroySubwindows</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroySubwindows</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroysubwindows'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDestroySubwindows</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ To map a given window, use <function>XMapWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmapwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XMapWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ To map and raise a window, use <function>XMapRaised</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapRaised</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmapraised'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XMapRaised</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@ To map all subwindows for a specified window, use <function>XMapSubwindows</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmapsubwindows'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XMapSubwindows</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ To unmap a window, use <function>XUnmapWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunmapwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUnmapWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2212,7 +2212,7 @@ To unmap all subwindows for a specified window, use <function>XUnmapSubwindows</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnmapSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunmapsubwindows'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUnmapSubwindows</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ To configure a window's size, location, stacking, or border, use <function>XConfigureWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConfigureWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xconfigurewindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XConfigureWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ To move a window without changing its size, use <function>XMoveWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmovewindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XMoveWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2725,7 +2725,7 @@ To change a window's size without changing the upper-left coordinate, use <function>XResizeWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xresizewindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XResizeWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2828,7 +2828,7 @@ To change the size and location of a window, use <function>XMoveResizeWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMoveResizeWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmoveresizewindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XMoveResizeWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ To change the border width of a given window, use <function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderWidth</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborderwidth'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorderWidth</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ To raise a window so that no sibling window obscures it, use <function>XRaiseWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRaiseWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xraisewindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRaiseWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3099,7 +3099,7 @@ To lower a window so that it does not obscure any sibling windows, use <function>XLowerWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLowerWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlowerwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XLowerWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ To circulate a subwindow up or down, use <function>XCirculateSubwindows</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindows</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindows'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindows</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@ occluded by another child, use <function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindowsup'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindowsUp</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3327,7 +3327,7 @@ completely occludes another child, use <function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcirculatesubwindowsdown'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XCirculateSubwindowsDown</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3386,7 +3386,7 @@ To restack a set of windows from top to bottom, use <function>XRestackWindows</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRestackWindows</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrestackwindows'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRestackWindows</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3491,7 +3491,7 @@ To change one or more attributes for a given window, use <function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangewindowattributes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XChangeWindowAttributes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3649,7 +3649,7 @@ To set the background of a window to a given pixel, use <function>XSetWindowBackground</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackground</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowbackground'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetWindowBackground</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3726,7 +3726,7 @@ To set the background of a window to a given pixmap, use <indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>background</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowbackgroundpixmap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3818,7 +3818,7 @@ To change and repaint a window's border to a given pixel, use <function>XSetWindowBorder</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorder</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborder'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorder</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3888,7 +3888,7 @@ To change and repaint the border tile of a given window, use <function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowborderpixmap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetWindowBorderPixmap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3967,7 +3967,7 @@ To set the colormap of a given window, use <function>XSetWindowColormap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWindowColormap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwindowcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetWindowColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4038,7 +4038,7 @@ To define which cursor will be used in a window, use <indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>defining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdefinecursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDefineCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4107,7 +4107,7 @@ To undefine the cursor in a given window, use <indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>undefining the cursor</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUndefineCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xundefinecursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUndefineCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml index 8a3e8c535..5428fd22e 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH04.xml @@ -1,2510 +1,2510 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"> -<chapter id="window_information_functions"> -<title>Window Information Functions</title> - -<para> -After you connect the display to the X server and create a window, you can use the Xlib window -information functions to: -</para> -<itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Obtain information about a window</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Translate screen coordinates</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Manipulate property lists</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Obtain and change window properties</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Manipulate selections</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<sect1 id="Obtaining_Window_Information"> -<title>Obtaining Window Information</title> -<!-- .XS --> -<!-- (SN Obtaining Window Information --> -<!-- .XE --> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about -the window tree, the window's current attributes, -the window's current geometry, or the current pointer coordinates. -Because they are most frequently used by window managers, -these functions all return a status to indicate whether the window still -exists. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for -a given window, use -<function>XQueryTree</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Parent Window</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTree</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryTree</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> *parent_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> **children_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *nchildren_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Wi whose list of children, root, parent, and number of children \ --> -you want to obtain - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window (Wi. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the root window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>parent_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the parent window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>children_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the list of children. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>nchildren_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the number of children. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XQueryTree</function> -function returns the root ID, the parent window ID, -a pointer to the list of children windows -(NULL when there are no children), -and the number of children in the list for the specified window. -The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most -(first) to top-most (last). -<function>XQueryTree</function> -returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds. -To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use -<function>XFree</function>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XQueryTree</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -error. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use -<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>. -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWindowAttributes</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>XWindowAttributes<parameter> *window_attributes_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Wi whose current attributes you want to obtain --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window (Wi. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>window_attributes_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the specified window's attributes in the -<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname> -structure. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function> -function returns the current attributes for the specified window to an -<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname> -structure. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<literallayout class="monospaced"> -<!-- .TA .5i 3i --> -<!-- .ta .5i 3i --> -typedef struct { - int x, y; /* location of window */ - int width, height; /* width and height of window */ - int border_width; /* border width of window */ - int depth; /* depth of window */ - Visual *visual; /* the associated visual structure */ - Window root; /* root of screen containing window */ - int class; /* InputOutput, InputOnly*/ - int bit_gravity; /* one of the bit gravity values */ - int win_gravity; /* one of the window gravity values */ - int backing_store; /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */ - unsigned long backing_planes; /* planes to be preserved if possible */ - unsigned long backing_pixel; /* value to be used when restoring planes */ - Bool save_under; /* boolean, should bits under be saved? */ - Colormap colormap; /* color map to be associated with window */ - Bool map_installed; /* boolean, is color map currently installed*/ - int map_state; /* IsUnmapped, IsUnviewable, IsViewable */ - long all_event_masks; /* set of events all people have interest in*/ - long your_event_mask; /* my event mask */ - long do_not_propagate_mask; /* set of events that should not propagate */ - Bool override_redirect; /* boolean value for override-redirect */ - Screen *screen; /* back pointer to correct screen */ -} XWindowAttributes; -</literallayout> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer -corner relative to the parent window's origin. -The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window, -not including the border. -The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels. -The depth member is set to the depth of the window -(that is, bits per pixel for the object). -The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated -<structname>Visual</structname> -structure. -The root member is set to the root window of the screen containing the window. -The class member is set to the window's class and can be either -<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> -or -<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The bit_gravity member is set to the window's bit gravity -and can be one of the following: - <simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> - <member><symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member> - - <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member> - </simplelist> -</para> -<para> -The win_gravity member is set to the window's window gravity -and can be one of the following: - <simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> - <member><symbol>UnmapGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member> - - <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member> - <member><symbol>CenterGravity</symbol></member> - </simplelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -For additional information on gravity, -see section 3.2.3. <!-- xref --> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain -the contents of a window -and can be -<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>, -<symbol>Always</symbol>, -or -<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>. -The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit -planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores -and during save_unders. -The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use -for planes not set in backing_planes. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The save_under member is set to -<symbol>True</symbol> -or -<symbol>False</symbol>. -The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be -a colormap ID or -<symbol>None</symbol>. -The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is -currently installed and can be -<symbol>True</symbol> -or -<symbol>False</symbol>. -The map_state member is set to indicate the state of the window and can be -<symbol>IsUnmapped</symbol>, -<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol>, -or -<symbol>IsViewable</symbol>. -<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol> -is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event -masks selected on the window by all clients. -The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event -masks selected by the querying client. -The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the -set of events that should not propagate. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides -structure control facilities and can be -<symbol>True</symbol> -or -<symbol>False</symbol>. -Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is -<symbol>True</symbol>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer -to the correct screen. -This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without -having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname> -and -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -errors. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use -<function>XGetGeometry</function>. -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Status <function>XGetGeometry</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *border_width_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *depth_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Dr , which can be a window or a pixmap --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the drawable(Dr. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the root window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -<!-- .br --> -<!-- .ns --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable. -For a window, -these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to -its parent's origin. -For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -<!-- .br --> -<!-- .ns --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height). -For a window, -these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>border_width_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the border width in pixels. -If the drawable is a pixmap, it returns zero. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>depth_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the depth of the drawable (bits per pixel for the object). - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XGetGeometry</function> -function returns the root window and the current geometry of the drawable. -The geometry of the drawable includes the x and y coordinates, width and height, -border width, and depth. -These are described in the argument list. -It is legal to pass to this function a window whose class is -<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XGetGeometry</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname> -error. -</para> -</sect1> -<sect1 id="Translating_Screen_Coordinates"> -<title>Translating Screen Coordinates</title> -<!-- .XS --> -<!-- (SN Translating Screen Coordinates --> -<!-- .XE --> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -Applications sometimes -need to perform a coordinate transformation from the coordinate -space of one window to another window or need to determine which -window the pointing device is in. -<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function> -and -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -fulfill these needs (and avoid any race conditions) by -asking the X server to perform these operations. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To translate a coordinate in one window to the coordinate -space of another window, use -<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>. -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTranslateCoordinates</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Bool <function>XTranslateCoordinates</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Windowsrc_w,<parameter> dest_w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int*dest_x_return,<parameter> *dest_y_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>src_w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the source window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>dest_w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the destination window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -<!-- .br --> -<!-- .ns --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specify the x and y coordinates within the source window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -<!-- .br --> -<!-- .ns --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Return the x and y coordinates within the destination window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the child if the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of the -destination window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -If -<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function> -returns -<symbol>True</symbol>, -it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative -to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to -dest_x_return and dest_y_return -relative to the destination window's origin. -If -<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function> -returns -<symbol>False</symbol>, -src_w and dest_w are on different screens, -and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero. -If the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of dest_w, -that child is returned to child_return. -Otherwise, child_return is set to -<symbol>None</symbol>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -error. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer -or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use -<function>XQueryPointer</function>. -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Bool <function>XQueryPointer</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window*root_return,<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int*root_x_return,<parameter> *root_y_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int*win_x_return,<parameter> *win_y_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *mask_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window. -<!-- .ds Ro that the pointer is in --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the root window (Ro. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the child window that the pointer is located in, if any. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>root_x_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -<!-- .br --> -<!-- .ns --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>root_y_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Return the pointer coordinates relative to the root window's origin. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>win_x_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -<!-- .br --> -<!-- .ns --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>win_y_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Return the pointer coordinates relative to the specified window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>mask_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the current state of the modifier keys and pointer buttons. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -function returns the root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer -coordinates relative to the root window's origin. -If -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -returns -<symbol>False</symbol>, -the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -returns -<symbol>None</symbol> -to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return. -If -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -returns -<symbol>True</symbol>, -the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return -are relative to the origin of the specified window. -In this case, -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -returns the child that contains the pointer, if any, -or else -<symbol>None</symbol> -to child_return. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons -and the modifier keys in mask_return. -It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more -of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match -the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -Note that the logical state of a device (as seen through Xlib) -may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen -(see section 12.1). <!-- xref --> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XQueryPointer</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -error. -</para> -</sect1> -<sect1 id="Properties_and_Atoms"> -<title>Properties and Atoms</title> -<!-- .XS --> -<!-- (SN Properties and Atoms --> -<!-- .XE --> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -A property is a collection of named, typed data. -The window system has a set of predefined properties -<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>predefined</secondary></indexterm> -(for example, the name of a window, size hints, and so on), and users can -define any other arbitrary information and associate it with windows. -Each property has a name, -which is an ISO Latin-1 string. -For each named property, -a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it. -A property also has a type, for example, string or integer. -These types are also indicated using atoms, so arbitrary new -types can be defined. -Data of only one type may be associated with a single -property name. -Clients can store and retrieve properties associated with windows. -For efficiency reasons, -an atom is used rather than a character string. -<function>XInternAtom</function> -can be used to obtain the atom for property names. -<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -A property is also stored in one of several possible formats. -The X server can store the information as 8-bit quantities, 16-bit -quantities, or 32-bit quantities. -This permits the X server to present the data in the byte order that the -client expects. -<!-- .NT Note --> -If you define further properties of complex type, -you must encode and decode them yourself. -These functions must be carefully written if they are to be portable. -For further information about how to write a library extension, -see appendix C. <!-- xref --> -<!-- .NE --> -The type of a property is defined by an atom, which allows for -arbitrary extension in this type scheme. -<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -Certain property names are -predefined in the server for commonly used functions. -The atoms for these properties are defined in -<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename>. -<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename></secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename></secondary></indexterm> -To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the -<code>#define</code> -name for each atom has the XA_ prefix. -For an explanation of the functions that let you get and set -much of the information stored in these predefined properties, -see chapter 14. <!-- xref --> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The core protocol imposes no semantics on these property names, -but semantics are specified in other X Consortium standards, -such as the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis> -and the <emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -You can use properties to communicate other information between -applications. -The functions described in this section let you define new properties -and get the unique atom IDs in your applications. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation -within each of the name spaces, -atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol: -</para> -<itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> -Selections - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -Property names - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -Property types - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -Font properties - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -Type of a -<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol> -event (none are built into the X server) - </para> - </listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The built-in selection property names are: -<simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> - <member><property>PRIMARY</property></member> - <member><property>SECONDARY</property></member> -</simplelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The built-in property names are: - <simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER0</property></member> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER1</property></member> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER2</property></member> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER3</property></member> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER4</property></member> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER5</property></member> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER6</property></member> - <member><property>CUT_BUFFER7</property></member> - <member><property>RGB_BEST_MAP</property></member> - <member><property>RGB_BLUE_MAP</property></member> - <member><property>RGB_DEFAULT_MAP</property></member> - <member><property>RGB_GRAY_MAP</property></member> - <member><property>RGB_GREEN_MAP</property></member> - <member><property>RGB_RED_MAP</property></member> - - <member><property>RESOURCE_MANAGER</property></member> - <member><property>WM_CLASS</property></member> - <member><property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property></member> - <member><property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property></member> - <member><property>WM_COMMAND</property></member> - <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member> - <member><property>WM_ICON_NAME</property></member> - <member><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></member> - <member><property>WM_NAME</property></member> - <member><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></member> - <member><property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property></member> - <member><property>WM_STATE</property></member> - <member><property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property></member> - <member><property>WM_ZOOM_HINTS</property></member> - </simplelist> -</para> -<para> -The built-in property types are: - <simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> - <member><property>ARC</property></member> - <member><property>ATOM</property></member> - <member><property>BITMAP</property></member> - <member><property>CARDINAL</property></member> - <member><property>COLORMAP</property></member> - <member><property>CURSOR</property></member> - <member><property>DRAWABLE</property></member> - <member><property>FONT</property></member> - <member><property>INTEGER</property></member> - <member><property>PIXMAP</property></member> - <member><property>POINT</property></member> - <member><property>RGB_COLOR_MAP</property></member> - <member><property>RECTANGLE</property></member> - <member><property>STRING</property></member> - <member><property>VISUALID</property></member> - <member><property>WINDOW</property></member> - <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member> - <member><property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property></member> - </simplelist> -</para> -<para> -The built-in font property names are: - <simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> - <member><property>MIN_SPACE</property></member> - <member><property>NORM_SPACE</property></member> - <member><property>MAX_SPACE</property></member> - <member><property>END_SPACE</property></member> - <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_X</property></member> - <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_Y</property></member> - <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_X</property></member> - <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_Y</property></member> - <member><property>UNDERLINE_POSITION</property></member> - <member><property>UNDERLINE_THICKNESS</property></member> - <member><property>FONT_NAME</property></member> - <member><property>FULL_NAME</property></member> - - <member><property>STRIKEOUT_DESCENT</property></member> - <member><property>STRIKEOUT_ASCENT</property></member> - <member><property>ITALIC_ANGLE</property></member> - <member><property>X_HEIGHT</property></member> - <member><property>QUAD_WIDTH</property></member> - <member><property>WEIGHT</property></member> - <member><property>POINT_SIZE</property></member> - <member><property>RESOLUTION</property></member> - <member><property>COPYRIGHT</property></member> - <member><property>NOTICE</property></member> - <member><property>FAMILY_NAME</property></member> - <member><property>CAP_HEIGHT</property></member> - </simplelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -For further information about font properties, -see section 8.5. <!-- xref --> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To return an atom for a given name, use -<function>XInternAtom</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtom</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Atom <function>XInternAtom</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>char<parameter> *atom_name</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>atom_name</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the name associated with the atom you want returned. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XInternAtom</function> -function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name -string. -If only_if_exists is -<symbol>False</symbol>, -the atom is created if it does not exist. -Therefore, -<function>XInternAtom</function> -can return -<symbol>None</symbol>. -If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, -the result is implementation-dependent. -Uppercase and lowercase matter; -the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' -all designate different atoms. -The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes. -It will become undefined only when the last connection to -the X server closes. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XInternAtom</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname> -and -<errorname>BadValue</errorname> -errors. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To return atoms for an array of names, use -<function>XInternAtoms</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtoms</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Status <function>XInternAtoms</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>char<parameter> **names</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the array of atom names. -<!-- .ds Cn atom names in the array --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the number of (Cn. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>atoms_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the atoms. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XInternAtoms</function> -function returns the atom identifiers associated with the specified names. -The atoms are stored in the atoms_return array supplied by the caller. -Calling this function is equivalent to calling -<function>XInternAtom</function> -for each of the names in turn with the specified value of only_if_exists, -but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges -between the client and the X server. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -This function returns a nonzero status if atoms are returned for -all of the names; -otherwise, it returns zero. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XInternAtoms</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname> -and -<errorname>BadValue</errorname> -errors. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To return a name for a given atom identifier, use -<function>XGetAtomName</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomName</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>char *<function>XGetAtomName</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> atom</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XGetAtomName</function> -function returns the name associated with the specified atom. -If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding, -then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding. -Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent. -To free the resulting string, -call -<function>XFree</function>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XGetAtomName</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> -error. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use -<function>XGetAtomNames</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomNames</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Status <function>XGetAtomNames</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>char<parameter> **names_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>atoms</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the array of atoms. -<!-- .ds Cn atoms in the array --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the number of (Cn. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>names_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the atom names. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XGetAtomNames</function> -function returns the names associated with the specified atoms. -The names are stored in the names_return array supplied by the caller. -Calling this function is equivalent to calling -<function>XGetAtomName</function> -for each of the atoms in turn, -but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges -between the client and the X server. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -This function returns a nonzero status if names are returned for -all of the atoms; -otherwise, it returns zero. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XGetAtomNames</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> -error. -</para> -</sect1> -<sect1 id="Obtaining_and_Changing_Window_Properties"> -<title>Obtaining and Changing Window Properties</title> -<!-- .XS --> -<!-- (SN Obtaining and Changing Window Properties --> -<!-- .XE --> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -You can attach a property list to every window. -Each property has a name, a type, and a value (see section 4.3). <!-- xref --> -The value is an array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities, -whose interpretation is left to the clients. The type -<type>char</type> -is used to represent 8-bit quantities, the type -<type>short</type> -is used to represent 16-bit quantities, and the type -<type>long</type> -is used to represent 32-bit quantities. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain, -change, update, or interchange window properties. -In addition, Xlib provides other utility functions for inter-client -communication (see chapter 14). <!-- xref --> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowProperty</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>int <function>XGetWindowProperty</function></funcdef> - <paramdef><parameter> display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> property</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> long_offset</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> long_length</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> delete</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> req_type</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> actual_type_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> actual_format_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> nitems_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef><parameter> bytes_after_return</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>.br<parameter> prop_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to obtain --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window (Wi. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the property name. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>long_offset</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities) -where the data is to be retrieved. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>long_length</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the length in 32-bit multiples of the data to be retrieved. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>delete</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies a Boolean value that determines whether the property is deleted. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>req_type</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the atom identifier associated with the property type or -<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>actual_type_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the atom identifier that defines the actual type of the property. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>actual_format_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the actual format of the property. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>nitems_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items -stored in the prop_return data. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_after_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if -a partial read was performed. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>prop_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the data in the specified format. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -function returns the actual type of the property; the actual format of the property; -the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items transferred; the number of bytes remaining -to be read in the property; and a pointer to the data actually returned. -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -sets the return arguments as follows: -</para> -<itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> -If the specified property does not exist for the specified window, -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -returns -<symbol>None</symbol> -to actual_type_return and the value zero to -actual_format_return and bytes_after_return. -The nitems_return argument is empty. -In this case, the delete argument is ignored. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -If the specified property exists -but its type does not match the specified type, -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -returns the actual property type to actual_type_return, -the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return, -and the property length in bytes -(even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32) -to bytes_after_return. -It also ignores the delete argument. -The nitems_return argument is empty. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -If the specified property exists and either you assign -<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol> -to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type, -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual -property format (never zero) to actual_format_return. -It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by -defining the following -values: - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -<!-- .nf --> - N = actual length of the stored property in bytes - (even if the format is 16 or 32) - I = 4 * long_offset - T = N - I - L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long_length) - A = N - (I + L) -<!-- .fi --> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing -from zero), and its length in bytes is L. -If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative, -a -<errorname>BadValue</errorname> -error results. -The value of bytes_after_return is A, -giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property. - </para> - </listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -If the returned format is 8, the returned data is represented as a -<type>char</type> -array. -If the returned format is 16, the returned data is represented as a -<type>short</type> -array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements. -If the returned format is 32, the returned data is represented as a -<type>long</type> -array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -always allocates one extra byte in prop_return -(even if the property is zero length) -and sets it to zero so that simple properties consisting of characters -do not have to be copied into yet another string before use. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -If delete is -<symbol>True</symbol> -and bytes_after_return is zero, -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -deletes the property -from the window and generates a -<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> -event on the window. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The function returns -<symbol>Success</symbol> -if it executes successfully. -To free the resulting data, -use -<function>XFree</function>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>, -<errorname>BadValue</errorname>, -and -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -errors. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To obtain a given window's property list, use -<function>XListProperties</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListProperties</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Atom *<function>XListProperties</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_prop_return</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Wi whose property list you want to obtain --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window (Wi. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop_return</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Returns the length of the properties array. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XListProperties</function> -function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for -the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found. -To free the memory allocated by this function, use -<function>XFree</function>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XListProperties</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -error. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To change a property of a given window, use -<function>XChangeProperty</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>changing</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>appending</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>prepending</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>replacing</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>format</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>type</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeProperty</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef><function>XChangeProperty</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atomproperty,<parameter> type</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> nelements</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to change --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window (Wi. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the property name. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the type of the property. -The X server does not interpret the type but simply -passes it back to an application that later calls -<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list -of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities. -Possible values are 8, 16, and 32. -This information allows the X server to correctly perform -byte-swap operations as necessary. -If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit, -you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call -to -<function>XChangeProperty</function>. -<!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the mode of the operation. -You can pass -<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>, -<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol>, -or -<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the property data. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>nelements</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the number of elements of the specified data format. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XChangeProperty</function> -function alters the property for the specified window and -causes the X server to generate a -<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> -event on that window. -<function>XChangeProperty</function> -performs the following: -</para> -<itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> -If mode is -<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>, -<function>XChangeProperty</function> -discards the previous property value and stores the new data. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -If mode is -<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol> -or -<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>, -<function>XChangeProperty</function> -inserts the specified data before the beginning of the existing data -or onto the end of the existing data, respectively. -The type and format must match the existing property value, -or a -<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> -error results. -If the property is undefined, -it is treated as defined with the correct type and -format with zero-length data. - </para> - </listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -If the specified format is 8, the property data must be a -<type>char</type> -array. -If the specified format is 16, the property data must be a -<type>short</type> -array. -If the specified format is 32, the property data must be a -<type>long</type> -array. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client. -Properties remain until explicitly deleted, until the window is destroyed, -or until the server resets. -For a discussion of what happens when the connection to the X server is closed, -see section 2.6. <!-- xref --> -The maximum size of a property is server dependent and can vary dynamically -depending on the amount of memory the server has available. -(If there is insufficient space, a -<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname> -error results.) -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XChangeProperty</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>, -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>, -<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>, -<errorname>BadValue</errorname>, -and -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -errors. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To rotate a window's property list, use -<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateWindowProperties</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef><function>XRotateWindowProperties</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> properties[]</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> num_prop</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>int<parameter> npositions</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>properties</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the array of properties that are to be rotated. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the length of the properties array. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>npositions</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the rotation amount. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function> -function allows you to rotate properties on a window and causes -the X server to generate -<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> -events. -If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered -starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list, -then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated -with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N − 1. -The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring -of property names (right for positive npositions, -left for negative npositions). -If npositions mod N is nonzero, -the X server generates a -<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> -event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array. -If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that -name is defined for the window, -a -<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> -error results. -If a -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> -or -<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> -error results, -no properties are changed. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>, -<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>, -and -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -errors. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To delete a property on a given window, use -<function>XDeleteProperty</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteProperty</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef><function>XDeleteProperty</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to delete --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the window (Wi. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the property name. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XDeleteProperty</function> -function deletes the specified property only if the -property was defined on the specified window -and causes the X server to generate a -<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> -event on the window unless the property does not exist. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XDeleteProperty</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> -and -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -errors. -</para> -</sect1> -<sect1 id="Selections"> -<title>Selections</title> -<!-- .XS --> -<!-- (SN Selections --> -<!-- .XE --> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary></indexterm> -Selections are one method used by applications to exchange data. -By using the property mechanism, -applications can exchange data of arbitrary types and can negotiate -the type of the data. -A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with a dynamic type. -That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server, -the property is maintained by some client (the owner). -A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user -but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular -window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -Xlib provides functions that you can use to set, get, or request conversion -of selections. -This allows applications to implement the notion of current selection, -which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no -longer own the selection. -Applications that support selection often highlight the current selection -and so must be informed when another application has -acquired the selection so that they can unhighlight the selection. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -When a client asks for the contents of -a selection, it specifies a selection target type. -This target type -can be used to control the transmitted representation of the contents. -For example, if the selection is ``the last thing the user clicked on'' -and that is currently an image, then the target type might specify -whether the contents of the image should be sent in XY format or Z format. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The target type can also be used to control the class of -contents transmitted, for example, -asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line -spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, not the -text of the paragraph. -The target type can also be used for other -purposes. -The protocol does not constrain the semantics. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To set the selection owner, use -<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef><function>XSetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> owner</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the selection atom. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>owner</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the owner of the specified selection atom. -You can pass a window or -<symbol>None</symbol>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the time. -You can pass either a timestamp or -<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function> -function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection -and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current -last-change time of the specified selection -or is later than the current X server time. -Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time, -with -<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol> -replaced by the current server time. -If the owner window is specified as -<symbol>None</symbol>, -then the owner of the selection becomes -<symbol>None</symbol> -(that is, no owner). -Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing -the request. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -If the new owner (whether a client or -<symbol>None</symbol>) -is not -the same as the current owner of the selection and the current -owner is not -<symbol>None</symbol>, -the current owner is sent a -<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol> -event. -If the client that is the owner of a selection is later -terminated (that is, its connection is closed) -or if the owner window it has specified in the request is later -destroyed, -the owner of the selection automatically -reverts to -<symbol>None</symbol>, -but the last-change time is not affected. -The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server. -<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function> -returns the owner window, which is reported in -<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol> -and -<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol> -events. -Selections are global to the X server. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> -and -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -errors. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To return the selection owner, use -<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef>Window <function>XGetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. -<!-- .ds Se whose owner you want returned --> - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the selection atom (Se. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -The -<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function> -function -returns the window ID associated with the window that currently owns the -specified selection. -If no selection was specified, the function returns the constant -<symbol>None</symbol>. -If -<symbol>None</symbol> -is returned, -there is no owner for the selection. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function> -can generate a -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> -error. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .sp --> -To request conversion of a selection, use -<function>XConvertSelection</function>. -<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm> -<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertSelection</primary></indexterm> -<!-- .sM --> -<funcsynopsis> -<funcprototype> - <funcdef><function>XConvertSelection</function></funcdef> - <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atomselection,<parameter> target</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Window<parameter> requestor</parameter></paramdef> - <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef> -</funcprototype> -</funcsynopsis> -<!-- .FN --> -<variablelist> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the connection to the X server. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the selection atom. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the target atom. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the property name. -You also can pass -<symbol>None</symbol>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the requestor. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> - <term> - <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis> - </term> - <listitem> - <para> -Specifies the time. -You can pass either a timestamp or -<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>. - </para> - </listitem> - </varlistentry> -</variablelist> -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<!-- .eM --> -<function>XConvertSelection</function> -requests that the specified selection be converted to the specified target -type: -</para> -<itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> -If the specified selection has an owner, the X server sends a -<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol> -event to that owner. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> -If no owner for the specified -selection exists, the X server generates a -<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol> -event to the -requestor with property -<symbol>None</symbol>. - </para> - </listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -The arguments are passed on unchanged in either of the events. -There are two predefined selection atoms: PRIMARY and SECONDARY. -</para> -<para> -<!-- .LP --> -<function>XConvertSelection</function> -can generate -<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> -and -<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> -errors. -<!-- .bp --> - - -</para> -</sect1> -</chapter> +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
+<chapter id="window_information_functions">
+<title>Window Information Functions</title>
+
+<para>
+After you connect the display to the X server and create a window, you can use the Xlib window
+information functions to:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Obtain information about a window</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Translate screen coordinates</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Manipulate property lists</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Obtain and change window properties</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Manipulate selections</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<sect1 id="Obtaining_Window_Information">
+<title>Obtaining Window Information</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Obtaining Window Information -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about
+the window tree, the window's current attributes,
+the window's current geometry, or the current pointer coordinates.
+Because they are most frequently used by window managers,
+these functions all return a status to indicate whether the window still
+exists.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for
+a given window, use
+<function>XQueryTree</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Parent Window</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTree</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerytree'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Status <function>XQueryTree</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> *parent_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> **children_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *nchildren_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Wi whose list of children, root, parent, and number of children \ -->
+you want to obtain
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window (Wi.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the root window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>parent_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the parent window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>children_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the list of children.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nchildren_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the number of children.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XQueryTree</function>
+function returns the root ID, the parent window ID,
+a pointer to the list of children windows
+(NULL when there are no children),
+and the number of children in the list for the specified window.
+The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most
+(first) to top-most (last).
+<function>XQueryTree</function>
+returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds.
+To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use
+<function>XFree</function>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XQueryTree</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use
+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>.
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwindowattributes'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Status <function>XGetWindowAttributes</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XWindowAttributes<parameter> *window_attributes_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Wi whose current attributes you want to obtain -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window (Wi.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>window_attributes_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the specified window's attributes in the
+<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname>
+structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>
+function returns the current attributes for the specified window to an
+<structname>XWindowAttributes</structname>
+structure.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+ int x, y; /* location of window */
+ int width, height; /* width and height of window */
+ int border_width; /* border width of window */
+ int depth; /* depth of window */
+ Visual *visual; /* the associated visual structure */
+ Window root; /* root of screen containing window */
+ int class; /* InputOutput, InputOnly*/
+ int bit_gravity; /* one of the bit gravity values */
+ int win_gravity; /* one of the window gravity values */
+ int backing_store; /* NotUseful, WhenMapped, Always */
+ unsigned long backing_planes; /* planes to be preserved if possible */
+ unsigned long backing_pixel; /* value to be used when restoring planes */
+ Bool save_under; /* boolean, should bits under be saved? */
+ Colormap colormap; /* color map to be associated with window */
+ Bool map_installed; /* boolean, is color map currently installed*/
+ int map_state; /* IsUnmapped, IsUnviewable, IsViewable */
+ long all_event_masks; /* set of events all people have interest in*/
+ long your_event_mask; /* my event mask */
+ long do_not_propagate_mask; /* set of events that should not propagate */
+ Bool override_redirect; /* boolean value for override-redirect */
+ Screen *screen; /* back pointer to correct screen */
+} XWindowAttributes;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer
+corner relative to the parent window's origin.
+The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window,
+not including the border.
+The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels.
+The depth member is set to the depth of the window
+(that is, bits per pixel for the object).
+The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated
+<structname>Visual</structname>
+structure.
+The root member is set to the root window of the screen containing the window.
+The class member is set to the window's class and can be either
+<symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
+or
+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The bit_gravity member is set to the window's bit gravity
+and can be one of the following:
+ <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
+ <member><symbol>ForgetGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member>
+
+ <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member>
+ </simplelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+The win_gravity member is set to the window's window gravity
+and can be one of the following:
+ <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
+ <member><symbol>UnmapGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>NorthGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>WestGravity</symbol></member>
+
+ <member><symbol>EastGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>SouthGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>SouthEastGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>StaticGravity</symbol></member>
+ <member><symbol>CenterGravity</symbol></member>
+ </simplelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+For additional information on gravity,
+see section 3.2.3. <!-- xref -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain
+the contents of a window
+and can be
+<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
+<symbol>Always</symbol>,
+or
+<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>.
+The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit
+planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores
+and during save_unders.
+The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use
+for planes not set in backing_planes.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The save_under member is set to
+<symbol>True</symbol>
+or
+<symbol>False</symbol>.
+The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be
+a colormap ID or
+<symbol>None</symbol>.
+The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is
+currently installed and can be
+<symbol>True</symbol>
+or
+<symbol>False</symbol>.
+The map_state member is set to indicate the state of the window and can be
+<symbol>IsUnmapped</symbol>,
+<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol>,
+or
+<symbol>IsViewable</symbol>.
+<symbol>IsUnviewable</symbol>
+is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
+masks selected on the window by all clients.
+The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
+masks selected by the querying client.
+The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the
+set of events that should not propagate.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides
+structure control facilities and can be
+<symbol>True</symbol>
+or
+<symbol>False</symbol>.
+Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is
+<symbol>True</symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer
+to the correct screen.
+This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without
+having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
+and
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use
+<function>XGetGeometry</function>.
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetgeometry'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Status <function>XGetGeometry</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Drawable<parameter> d</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> *root_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int*x_return,<parameter> *y_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsignedint*width_return,<parameter> *height_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *border_width_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *depth_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Dr , which can be a window or a pixmap -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>d</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the drawable(Dr.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the root window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>x_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<!-- .br -->
+<!-- .ns -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>y_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable.
+For a window,
+these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to
+its parent's origin.
+For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<!-- .br -->
+<!-- .ns -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height).
+For a window,
+these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>border_width_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the border width in pixels.
+If the drawable is a pixmap, it returns zero.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>depth_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the depth of the drawable (bits per pixel for the object).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XGetGeometry</function>
+function returns the root window and the current geometry of the drawable.
+The geometry of the drawable includes the x and y coordinates, width and height,
+border width, and depth.
+These are described in the argument list.
+It is legal to pass to this function a window whose class is
+<symbol>InputOnly</symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetGeometry</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 id="Translating_Screen_Coordinates">
+<title>Translating Screen Coordinates</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Translating Screen Coordinates -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Applications sometimes
+need to perform a coordinate transformation from the coordinate
+space of one window to another window or need to determine which
+window the pointing device is in.
+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
+and
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+fulfill these needs (and avoid any race conditions) by
+asking the X server to perform these operations.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To translate a coordinate in one window to the coordinate
+space of another window, use
+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>.
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTranslateCoordinates</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xtranslatecoordinates'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Bool <function>XTranslateCoordinates</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Windowsrc_w,<parameter> dest_w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>intsrc_x,<parameter> src_y</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int*dest_x_return,<parameter> *dest_y_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>src_w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>dest_w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the destination window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>src_x</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<!-- .br -->
+<!-- .ns -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>src_y</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the x and y coordinates within the source window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>dest_x_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<!-- .br -->
+<!-- .ns -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>dest_y_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the x and y coordinates within the destination window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the child if the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of the
+destination window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+If
+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
+returns
+<symbol>True</symbol>,
+it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative
+to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to
+dest_x_return and dest_y_return
+relative to the destination window's origin.
+If
+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
+returns
+<symbol>False</symbol>,
+src_w and dest_w are on different screens,
+and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero.
+If the coordinates are contained in a mapped child of dest_w,
+that child is returned to child_return.
+Otherwise, child_return is set to
+<symbol>None</symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer
+or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>.
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerypointer'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Bool <function>XQueryPointer</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window*root_return,<parameter> *child_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int*root_x_return,<parameter> *root_y_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int*win_x_return,<parameter> *win_y_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> *mask_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window.
+<!-- .ds Ro that the pointer is in -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>root_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the root window (Ro.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>child_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the child window that the pointer is located in, if any.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>root_x_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<!-- .br -->
+<!-- .ns -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>root_y_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the pointer coordinates relative to the root window's origin.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>win_x_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<!-- .br -->
+<!-- .ns -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>win_y_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the pointer coordinates relative to the specified window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>mask_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the current state of the modifier keys and pointer buttons.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+function returns the root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer
+coordinates relative to the root window's origin.
+If
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+returns
+<symbol>False</symbol>,
+the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+returns
+<symbol>None</symbol>
+to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return.
+If
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+returns
+<symbol>True</symbol>,
+the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return
+are relative to the origin of the specified window.
+In this case,
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+returns the child that contains the pointer, if any,
+or else
+<symbol>None</symbol>
+to child_return.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons
+and the modifier keys in mask_return.
+It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more
+of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match
+the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen through Xlib)
+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen
+(see section 12.1). <!-- xref -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XQueryPointer</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 id="Properties_and_Atoms">
+<title>Properties and Atoms</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Properties and Atoms -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A property is a collection of named, typed data.
+The window system has a set of predefined properties
+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>predefined</secondary></indexterm>
+(for example, the name of a window, size hints, and so on), and users can
+define any other arbitrary information and associate it with windows.
+Each property has a name,
+which is an ISO Latin-1 string.
+For each named property,
+a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it.
+A property also has a type, for example, string or integer.
+These types are also indicated using atoms, so arbitrary new
+types can be defined.
+Data of only one type may be associated with a single
+property name.
+Clients can store and retrieve properties associated with windows.
+For efficiency reasons,
+an atom is used rather than a character string.
+<function>XInternAtom</function>
+can be used to obtain the atom for property names.
+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A property is also stored in one of several possible formats.
+The X server can store the information as 8-bit quantities, 16-bit
+quantities, or 32-bit quantities.
+This permits the X server to present the data in the byte order that the
+client expects.
+<!-- .NT Note -->
+If you define further properties of complex type,
+you must encode and decode them yourself.
+These functions must be carefully written if they are to be portable.
+For further information about how to write a library extension,
+see appendix C. <!-- xref -->
+<!-- .NE -->
+The type of a property is defined by an atom, which allows for
+arbitrary extension in this type scheme.
+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary></indexterm>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Certain property names are
+predefined in the server for commonly used functions.
+The atoms for these properties are defined in
+<filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename>.
+<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile"><X11/Xatom.h></filename></secondary></indexterm>
+To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the
+<code>#define</code>
+name for each atom has the XA_ prefix.
+For an explanation of the functions that let you get and set
+much of the information stored in these predefined properties,
+see chapter 14. <!-- xref -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The core protocol imposes no semantics on these property names,
+but semantics are specified in other X Consortium standards,
+such as the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>X Logical Font Description Conventions</emphasis>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+You can use properties to communicate other information between
+applications.
+The functions described in this section let you define new properties
+and get the unique atom IDs in your applications.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation
+within each of the name spaces,
+atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Selections
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Property names
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Property types
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Font properties
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Type of a
+<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol>
+event (none are built into the X server)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The built-in selection property names are:
+<simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
+ <member><property>PRIMARY</property></member>
+ <member><property>SECONDARY</property></member>
+</simplelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The built-in property names are:
+ <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER0</property></member>
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER1</property></member>
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER2</property></member>
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER3</property></member>
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER4</property></member>
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER5</property></member>
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER6</property></member>
+ <member><property>CUT_BUFFER7</property></member>
+ <member><property>RGB_BEST_MAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>RGB_BLUE_MAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>RGB_DEFAULT_MAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>RGB_GRAY_MAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>RGB_GREEN_MAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>RGB_RED_MAP</property></member>
+
+ <member><property>RESOURCE_MANAGER</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_CLASS</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_COMMAND</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_ICON_NAME</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_NAME</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_STATE</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_ZOOM_HINTS</property></member>
+ </simplelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+The built-in property types are:
+ <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
+ <member><property>ARC</property></member>
+ <member><property>ATOM</property></member>
+ <member><property>BITMAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>CARDINAL</property></member>
+ <member><property>COLORMAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>CURSOR</property></member>
+ <member><property>DRAWABLE</property></member>
+ <member><property>FONT</property></member>
+ <member><property>INTEGER</property></member>
+ <member><property>PIXMAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>POINT</property></member>
+ <member><property>RGB_COLOR_MAP</property></member>
+ <member><property>RECTANGLE</property></member>
+ <member><property>STRING</property></member>
+ <member><property>VISUALID</property></member>
+ <member><property>WINDOW</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_HINTS</property></member>
+ <member><property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property></member>
+ </simplelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+The built-in font property names are:
+ <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
+ <member><property>MIN_SPACE</property></member>
+ <member><property>NORM_SPACE</property></member>
+ <member><property>MAX_SPACE</property></member>
+ <member><property>END_SPACE</property></member>
+ <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_X</property></member>
+ <member><property>SUPERSCRIPT_Y</property></member>
+ <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_X</property></member>
+ <member><property>SUBSCRIPT_Y</property></member>
+ <member><property>UNDERLINE_POSITION</property></member>
+ <member><property>UNDERLINE_THICKNESS</property></member>
+ <member><property>FONT_NAME</property></member>
+ <member><property>FULL_NAME</property></member>
+
+ <member><property>STRIKEOUT_DESCENT</property></member>
+ <member><property>STRIKEOUT_ASCENT</property></member>
+ <member><property>ITALIC_ANGLE</property></member>
+ <member><property>X_HEIGHT</property></member>
+ <member><property>QUAD_WIDTH</property></member>
+ <member><property>WEIGHT</property></member>
+ <member><property>POINT_SIZE</property></member>
+ <member><property>RESOLUTION</property></member>
+ <member><property>COPYRIGHT</property></member>
+ <member><property>NOTICE</property></member>
+ <member><property>FAMILY_NAME</property></member>
+ <member><property>CAP_HEIGHT</property></member>
+ </simplelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+For further information about font properties,
+see section 8.5. <!-- xref -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To return an atom for a given name, use
+<function>XInternAtom</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtom</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xinternatom'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Atom <function>XInternAtom</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>char<parameter> *atom_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>atom_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name associated with the atom you want returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XInternAtom</function>
+function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name
+string.
+If only_if_exists is
+<symbol>False</symbol>,
+the atom is created if it does not exist.
+Therefore,
+<function>XInternAtom</function>
+can return
+<symbol>None</symbol>.
+If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
+the result is implementation-dependent.
+Uppercase and lowercase matter;
+the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG''
+all designate different atoms.
+The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes.
+It will become undefined only when the last connection to
+the X server closes.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XInternAtom</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
+and
+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To return atoms for an array of names, use
+<function>XInternAtoms</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInternAtoms</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xinternatoms'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Status <function>XInternAtoms</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>char<parameter> **names</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Bool<parameter> only_if_exists</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the array of atom names.
+<!-- .ds Cn atom names in the array -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of (Cn.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>only_if_exists</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the atom must be created.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>atoms_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the atoms.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XInternAtoms</function>
+function returns the atom identifiers associated with the specified names.
+The atoms are stored in the atoms_return array supplied by the caller.
+Calling this function is equivalent to calling
+<function>XInternAtom</function>
+for each of the names in turn with the specified value of only_if_exists,
+but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges
+between the client and the X server.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This function returns a nonzero status if atoms are returned for
+all of the names;
+otherwise, it returns zero.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XInternAtoms</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
+and
+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To return a name for a given atom identifier, use
+<function>XGetAtomName</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomName</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetatomname'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>char *<function>XGetAtomName</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> atom</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XGetAtomName</function>
+function returns the name associated with the specified atom.
+If the data returned by the server is in the Latin Portable Character Encoding,
+then the returned string is in the Host Portable Character Encoding.
+Otherwise, the result is implementation-dependent.
+To free the resulting string,
+call
+<function>XFree</function>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetAtomName</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use
+<function>XGetAtomNames</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetAtomNames</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetatomnames'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Status <function>XGetAtomNames</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> *atoms</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> count</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>char<parameter> **names_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>atoms</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the array of atoms.
+<!-- .ds Cn atoms in the array -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of (Cn.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>names_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the atom names.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XGetAtomNames</function>
+function returns the names associated with the specified atoms.
+The names are stored in the names_return array supplied by the caller.
+Calling this function is equivalent to calling
+<function>XGetAtomName</function>
+for each of the atoms in turn,
+but this function minimizes the number of round-trip protocol exchanges
+between the client and the X server.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This function returns a nonzero status if names are returned for
+all of the atoms;
+otherwise, it returns zero.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetAtomNames</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 id="Obtaining_and_Changing_Window_Properties">
+<title>Obtaining and Changing Window Properties</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Obtaining and Changing Window Properties -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+You can attach a property list to every window.
+Each property has a name, a type, and a value (see section 4.3). <!-- xref -->
+The value is an array of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities,
+whose interpretation is left to the clients. The type
+<type>char</type>
+is used to represent 8-bit quantities, the type
+<type>short</type>
+is used to represent 16-bit quantities, and the type
+<type>long</type>
+is used to represent 32-bit quantities.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain,
+change, update, or interchange window properties.
+In addition, Xlib provides other utility functions for inter-client
+communication (see chapter 14). <!-- xref -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowProperty</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwindowproperty'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>XGetWindowProperty</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> long_offset</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> long_length</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> delete</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> req_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> actual_type_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> actual_format_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> nitems_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter> bytes_after_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>.br<parameter> prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to obtain -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window (Wi.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the property name.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>long_offset</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities)
+where the data is to be retrieved.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>long_length</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the length in 32-bit multiples of the data to be retrieved.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>delete</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a Boolean value that determines whether the property is deleted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>req_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom identifier associated with the property type or
+<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>actual_type_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the atom identifier that defines the actual type of the property.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>actual_format_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the actual format of the property.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nitems_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
+stored in the prop_return data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>bytes_after_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if
+a partial read was performed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>prop_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the data in the specified format.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+function returns the actual type of the property; the actual format of the property;
+the number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items transferred; the number of bytes remaining
+to be read in the property; and a pointer to the data actually returned.
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+sets the return arguments as follows:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the specified property does not exist for the specified window,
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+returns
+<symbol>None</symbol>
+to actual_type_return and the value zero to
+actual_format_return and bytes_after_return.
+The nitems_return argument is empty.
+In this case, the delete argument is ignored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the specified property exists
+but its type does not match the specified type,
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+returns the actual property type to actual_type_return,
+the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return,
+and the property length in bytes
+(even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32)
+to bytes_after_return.
+It also ignores the delete argument.
+The nitems_return argument is empty.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the specified property exists and either you assign
+<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>
+to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type,
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual
+property format (never zero) to actual_format_return.
+It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by
+defining the following
+values:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<!-- .nf -->
+ N = actual length of the stored property in bytes
+ (even if the format is 16 or 32)
+ I = 4 * long_offset
+ T = N - I
+ L = MINIMUM(T, 4 * long_length)
+ A = N - (I + L)
+<!-- .fi -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The returned value starts at byte index I in the property (indexing
+from zero), and its length in bytes is L.
+If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative,
+a
+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>
+error results.
+The value of bytes_after_return is A,
+giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the returned format is 8, the returned data is represented as a
+<type>char</type>
+array.
+If the returned format is 16, the returned data is represented as a
+<type>short</type>
+array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.
+If the returned format is 32, the returned data is represented as a
+<type>long</type>
+array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+always allocates one extra byte in prop_return
+(even if the property is zero length)
+and sets it to zero so that simple properties consisting of characters
+do not have to be copied into yet another string before use.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If delete is
+<symbol>True</symbol>
+and bytes_after_return is zero,
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+deletes the property
+from the window and generates a
+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
+event on the window.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The function returns
+<symbol>Success</symbol>
+if it executes successfully.
+To free the resulting data,
+use
+<function>XFree</function>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
+and
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To obtain a given window's property list, use
+<function>XListProperties</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListProperties</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xlistproperties'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Atom *<function>XListProperties</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_prop_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Wi whose property list you want to obtain -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window (Wi.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the length of the properties array.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XListProperties</function>
+function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for
+the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found.
+To free the memory allocated by this function, use
+<function>XFree</function>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XListProperties</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To change a property of a given window, use
+<function>XChangeProperty</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>changing</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>appending</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>prepending</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>replacing</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>format</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>type</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeProperty</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangeproperty'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef><function>XChangeProperty</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atomproperty,<parameter> type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> nelements</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to change -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window (Wi.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the property name.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type of the property.
+The X server does not interpret the type but simply
+passes it back to an application that later calls
+<function>XGetWindowProperty</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether the data should be viewed as a list
+of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities.
+Possible values are 8, 16, and 32.
+This information allows the X server to correctly perform
+byte-swap operations as necessary.
+If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit,
+you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call
+to
+<function>XChangeProperty</function>.
+<!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the mode of the operation.
+You can pass
+<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>,
+<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol>,
+or
+<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the property data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nelements</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of elements of the specified data format.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XChangeProperty</function>
+function alters the property for the specified window and
+causes the X server to generate a
+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
+event on that window.
+<function>XChangeProperty</function>
+performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If mode is
+<symbol>PropModeReplace</symbol>,
+<function>XChangeProperty</function>
+discards the previous property value and stores the new data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If mode is
+<symbol>PropModePrepend</symbol>
+or
+<symbol>PropModeAppend</symbol>,
+<function>XChangeProperty</function>
+inserts the specified data before the beginning of the existing data
+or onto the end of the existing data, respectively.
+The type and format must match the existing property value,
+or a
+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
+error results.
+If the property is undefined,
+it is treated as defined with the correct type and
+format with zero-length data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the specified format is 8, the property data must be a
+<type>char</type>
+array.
+If the specified format is 16, the property data must be a
+<type>short</type>
+array.
+If the specified format is 32, the property data must be a
+<type>long</type>
+array.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The lifetime of a property is not tied to the storing client.
+Properties remain until explicitly deleted, until the window is destroyed,
+or until the server resets.
+For a discussion of what happens when the connection to the X server is closed,
+see section 2.6. <!-- xref -->
+The maximum size of a property is server dependent and can vary dynamically
+depending on the amount of memory the server has available.
+(If there is insufficient space, a
+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>
+error results.)
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XChangeProperty</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
+<errorname>BadValue</errorname>,
+and
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To rotate a window's property list, use
+<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateWindowProperties</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xrotatewindowproperties'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef><function>XRotateWindowProperties</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> properties[]</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> num_prop</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int<parameter> npositions</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>properties</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the array of properties that are to be rotated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_prop</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the length of the properties array.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>npositions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the rotation amount.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>
+function allows you to rotate properties on a window and causes
+the X server to generate
+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
+events.
+If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered
+starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list,
+then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated
+with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N − 1.
+The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring
+of property names (right for positive npositions,
+left for negative npositions).
+If npositions mod N is nonzero,
+the X server generates a
+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
+event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array.
+If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that
+name is defined for the window,
+a
+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
+error results.
+If a
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
+or
+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
+error results,
+no properties are changed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XRotateWindowProperties</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
+<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
+and
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To delete a property on a given window, use
+<function>XDeleteProperty</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteProperty</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xdeleteproperty'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef><function>XDeleteProperty</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Wi whose property you want to delete -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window (Wi.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the property name.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XDeleteProperty</function>
+function deletes the specified property only if the
+property was defined on the specified window
+and causes the X server to generate a
+<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
+event on the window unless the property does not exist.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XDeleteProperty</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
+and
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 id="Selections">
+<title>Selections</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Selections -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary></indexterm>
+Selections are one method used by applications to exchange data.
+By using the property mechanism,
+applications can exchange data of arbitrary types and can negotiate
+the type of the data.
+A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with a dynamic type.
+That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server,
+the property is maintained by some client (the owner).
+A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user
+but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular
+window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Xlib provides functions that you can use to set, get, or request conversion
+of selections.
+This allows applications to implement the notion of current selection,
+which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no
+longer own the selection.
+Applications that support selection often highlight the current selection
+and so must be informed when another application has
+acquired the selection so that they can unhighlight the selection.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+When a client asks for the contents of
+a selection, it specifies a selection target type.
+This target type
+can be used to control the transmitted representation of the contents.
+For example, if the selection is ``the last thing the user clicked on''
+and that is currently an image, then the target type might specify
+whether the contents of the image should be sent in XY format or Z format.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The target type can also be used to control the class of
+contents transmitted, for example,
+asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line
+spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, not the
+text of the paragraph.
+The target type can also be used for other
+purposes.
+The protocol does not constrain the semantics.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To set the selection owner, use
+<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetselectionowner'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef><function>XSetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> owner</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the selection atom.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>owner</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the owner of the specified selection atom.
+You can pass a window or
+<symbol>None</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the time.
+You can pass either a timestamp or
+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>
+function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection
+and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current
+last-change time of the specified selection
+or is later than the current X server time.
+Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time,
+with
+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>
+replaced by the current server time.
+If the owner window is specified as
+<symbol>None</symbol>,
+then the owner of the selection becomes
+<symbol>None</symbol>
+(that is, no owner).
+Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing
+the request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the new owner (whether a client or
+<symbol>None</symbol>)
+is not
+the same as the current owner of the selection and the current
+owner is not
+<symbol>None</symbol>,
+the current owner is sent a
+<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
+event.
+If the client that is the owner of a selection is later
+terminated (that is, its connection is closed)
+or if the owner window it has specified in the request is later
+destroyed,
+the owner of the selection automatically
+reverts to
+<symbol>None</symbol>,
+but the last-change time is not affected.
+The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server.
+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>
+returns the owner window, which is reported in
+<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>
+and
+<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
+events.
+Selections are global to the X server.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSetSelectionOwner</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
+and
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+errors.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To return the selection owner, use
+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSelectionOwner</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetselectionowner'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Window <function>XGetSelectionOwner</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> selection</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+<!-- .ds Se whose owner you want returned -->
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the selection atom (Se.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>
+function
+returns the window ID associated with the window that currently owns the
+specified selection.
+If no selection was specified, the function returns the constant
+<symbol>None</symbol>.
+If
+<symbol>None</symbol>
+is returned,
+there is no owner for the selection.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetSelectionOwner</function>
+can generate a
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sp -->
+To request conversion of a selection, use
+<function>XConvertSelection</function>.
+<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertSelection</primary></indexterm>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis id='xconvertselection'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef><function>XConvertSelection</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atomselection,<parameter> target</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom<parameter> property</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window<parameter> requestor</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the selection atom.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the target atom.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>property</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the property name.
+You also can pass
+<symbol>None</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the requestor.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the time.
+You can pass either a timestamp or
+<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XConvertSelection</function>
+requests that the specified selection be converted to the specified target
+type:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the specified selection has an owner, the X server sends a
+<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>
+event to that owner.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If no owner for the specified
+selection exists, the X server generates a
+<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol>
+event to the
+requestor with property
+<symbol>None</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The arguments are passed on unchanged in either of the events.
+There are two predefined selection atoms: PRIMARY and SECONDARY.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XConvertSelection</function>
+can generate
+<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
+and
+<errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
+errors.
+<!-- .bp -->
+
+
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml index 08d78d666..5e136c88a 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH05.xml @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ To create a pixmap of a given size, use <function>XCreatePixmap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreatePixmap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ To free all storage associated with a specified pixmap, use <function>XFreePixmap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreePixmap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreepixmap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreePixmap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ To create a cursor from the standard cursor font, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateFontCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatefontcursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreateFontCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ To create a cursor from font glyphs, use <function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGlyphCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateglyphcursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreateGlyphCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ use <function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmapcursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Cursor <function>XCreatePixmapCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ To determine useful cursor sizes, use <function>XQueryBestCursor</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybestcursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ To change the color of a given cursor, use <function>XRecolorCursor</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRecolorCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrecolorcursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRecolorCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ To free (destroy) a given cursor, use <function>XFreeCursor</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeCursor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreecursor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeCursor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml index a8224d8fc..8a2f0006a 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH06.xml @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ To create a colormap for a screen, use <function>XCreateColormap</function>.</para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateColormap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatecolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Colormap <function>XCreateColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ shared colormap has failed because of resource exhaustion, use <function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyColormapAndFree</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcopycolormapandfree'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Colormap <function>XCopyColormapAndFree</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ To destroy a colormap, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeColormap</primary></indexterm>
</para>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreecolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ To map a color name to an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupcolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XLookupColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ To map a color name to the exact <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XParseColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xparsecolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XParseColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ To map a color name to a value in an arbitrary color space, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsLookupColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmslookupcolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsLookupColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ To allocate a read-only color cell with an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ To allocate a read-only color cell with a color in arbitrary format, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAllocColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsalloccolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAllocColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ color supported by the hardware in <acronym>RGB</acronym> format, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xallocnamedcolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XAllocNamedColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ color supported by the hardware in an arbitrary format, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAllocNamedColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsallocnamedcolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAllocNamedColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ model, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColorCells</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolorcells'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColorCells</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ model, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>allocation</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllocColorPlanes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xalloccolorplanes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XAllocColorPlanes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ To free colormap cells, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>deallocation</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
</para>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreecolors'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeColors</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ To store an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value in a single colormap cell, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstorecolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XStoreColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ To store multiple <acronym>RGB</acronym> values in multiple colormap cells, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreColors</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstorecolors'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XStoreColors</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ To store a color of arbitrary format in a single colormap cell, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsStoreColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsstorecolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsStoreColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2717,7 +2717,7 @@ To store multiple colors of arbitrary format in multiple colormap cells, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>storing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsStoreColors</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsstorecolors'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsStoreColors</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ To store a color specified by name in a single colormap cell, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>naming</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreNamedColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstorenamedcolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XStoreNamedColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ To query the <acronym>RGB</acronym> value of a single colormap cell, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerycolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XQueryColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3066,7 +3066,7 @@ To query the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values of multiple colormap cells, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryColors</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerycolors'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XQueryColors</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3156,7 +3156,7 @@ To query the color of a single colormap cell in an arbitrary format, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryColor</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerycolor'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryColor</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3245,7 +3245,7 @@ To query the color of multiple colormap cells in an arbitrary format, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>querying</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryColors</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerycolors'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryColors</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3404,7 +3404,7 @@ To obtain the CCC associated with a colormap, use <indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscccofcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsCCCOfColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3459,7 +3459,7 @@ To change the CCC associated with a colormap, use <indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>of colormap</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetcccofcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsSetCCCOfColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3539,7 +3539,7 @@ To obtain the default CCC for a screen, use <indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>default</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsdefaultccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsDefaultCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3601,14 +3601,14 @@ can return. <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsDisplayOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='displayofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>DisplayOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsdisplayofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Display *<function>XcmsDisplayOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3638,14 +3638,14 @@ Both return the display associated with the specified CCC. <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>VisualOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsVisualOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='visualofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>VisualOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsvisualofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Visual *<function>XcmsVisualOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3675,14 +3675,14 @@ Both return the visual associated with the specified CCC. <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenNumberOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='screennumberofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>ScreenNumberOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsscreennumberofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3712,13 +3712,13 @@ Both return the number of the screen associated with the specified CCC. <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ScreenWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='screenwhitepointofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>ScreenWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsscreenwhitepointofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsColor <function>XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3748,14 +3748,14 @@ Both return the white point of the screen associated with the specified CCC. <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ClientWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='clientwhitepointofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef> <function>ClientWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsclientwhitepointofccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsColor *<function>XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3795,7 +3795,7 @@ To set the Client White Point in the CCC, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsSetWhitePoint</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Client White Point</primary><secondary>of Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetwhitepoint'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsSetWhitePoint</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3866,7 +3866,7 @@ in a specified CCC, use <indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>procedure</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Gamut compression</primary><secondary>client data</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetcompressionproc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsCompressionProc <function>XcmsSetCompressionProc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3935,7 +3935,7 @@ in a specified CCC, use <indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>setting in Color Conversion Context</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>procedure</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>White point adjustment</primary><secondary>client data</secondary></indexterm>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmssetwhiteadjustproc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc <function>XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4012,7 +4012,7 @@ To create a CCC, use <indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>creation</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscreateccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsCCC <function>XcmsCreateCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4139,7 +4139,7 @@ To free a CCC, use <indexterm><primary>Color Conversion Context</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>CCC</primary><secondary>freeing</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsfreeccc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XcmsFreeCCC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4186,7 +4186,7 @@ to a single destination format, use <indexterm><primary>Color</primary><secondary>conversion</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsConvertColors</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsconvertcolors'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsConvertColors</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4330,7 +4330,7 @@ following: </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCompressionProc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscompressionproc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>typedef Status<function>(*XcmsCompressionProc</function>)</funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4657,7 +4657,7 @@ The white point adjustment procedure interface must adhere to the following: </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsWhiteAdjustProc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmswhiteadjustproc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>typedef Status <function>(*XcmsWhiteAdjustProc</function>)</funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5020,7 +5020,7 @@ To obtain the color specification for black </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryBlack</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryblack'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryBlack</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5086,7 +5086,7 @@ To obtain the color specification for blue </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryBlue</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryblue'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryBlue</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5152,7 +5152,7 @@ To obtain the color specification for green </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryGreen</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerygreen'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryGreen</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5218,7 +5218,7 @@ To obtain the color specification for red </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryRed</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsqueryred'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryRed</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5284,7 +5284,7 @@ To obtain the color specification for white </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsQueryWhite</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsquerywhite'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsQueryWhite</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5372,7 +5372,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness ( </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5456,7 +5456,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use <indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxl'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5547,7 +5547,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle, use <indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabquerymaxlc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5619,7 +5619,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use <indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscielabqueryminlc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELabQueryMinL</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5729,7 +5729,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and <acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness ( </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmxcieluvquerymaxc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5813,7 +5813,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use <indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvquerymaxl'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5904,7 +5904,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle, use <indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvquerymaxlc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5976,7 +5976,7 @@ for a given Psychometric Hue Angle and Psychometric Chroma, use <indexterm><primary><acronym>CIE</acronym> metric lightness</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmscieluvqueryminl'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6067,7 +6067,7 @@ To obtain the maximum Chroma for a given Hue and Value, use <indexterm><primary>Chroma</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6150,7 +6150,7 @@ To obtain the maximum Value for a given Hue and Chroma, use <indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxv'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6237,7 +6237,7 @@ for a specified Hue, use <indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxvc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6315,7 +6315,7 @@ Chroma at which the maximum Values are reached, use <indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>maximum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcquerymaxvsamples'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6396,7 +6396,7 @@ To obtain the minimum Value for a given Hue and Chroma, use <indexterm><primary>Value</primary><secondary>minimum</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmstekhvcqueryminv'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6554,7 +6554,7 @@ To add a device-independent color space, use </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAddColorSpace</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsaddcolorspace'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAddColorSpace</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsColorSpace<parameter> *color_space</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6622,7 +6622,7 @@ associated with a specified color string prefix, use </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsformatofprefix'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XcmsColorFormat <function>XcmsFormatOfPrefix</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *prefix</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6664,7 +6664,7 @@ specified by a color format, use </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsprefixofformat'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XcmsPrefixOfFormat</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsColorFormat<parameter> format</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6808,7 +6808,7 @@ adhere to the following software interface specification: </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsParseStringProc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsparsestringproc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsParseStringProc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *color_string</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6858,7 +6858,7 @@ spaces must adhere to the following software interface specification:
</para>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='conversionproc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function><replaceable>ConversionProc</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsCCC<parameter> ccc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -7130,7 +7130,7 @@ To add a function set, use </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XcmsAddFunctionSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcmsaddfunctionset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XcmsAddFunctionSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XcmsFunctionSet<parameter> *function_set</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml index 505a565a2..5773ca432 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH07.xml @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ depth of drawable, use <indexterm><primary>Graphics context</primary><secondary>initializing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreategc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>GC <function>XCreateGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display <parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ To copy components from a source GC to a destination GC, use <function>XCopyGC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcopygc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XCopyGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ To change the components in a given GC, use <function>XChangeGC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangegc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XChangeGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ To obtain components of a given GC, use <function>XGetGCValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGCValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetgcvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetGCValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ To free a given GC, use <function>XFreeGC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreegc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ resource ID for a given GC, use <function>XGContextFromGC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGContextFromGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgcontextfromgc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>GContext <function>XGContextFromGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>GC<parameter> gc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ To force sending GC component changes, use <function>XFlushGC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlushGC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xflushgc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XFlushGC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ for a given GC, use <function>XSetState</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetState</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstate'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetState</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ To set the foreground of a given GC, use <function>XSetForeground</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetForeground</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetforeground'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetForeground</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ To set the background of a given GC, use <function>XSetBackground</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetBackground</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetbackground'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetBackground</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ To set the display function in a given GC, use <function>XSetFunction</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFunction</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfunction'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetFunction</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ To set the plane mask of a given GC, use <function>XSetPlaneMask</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetPlaneMask</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetplanemask'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetPlaneMask</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ To set the line drawing components of a given GC, use <function>XSetLineAttributes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetLineAttributes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetlineattributes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetLineAttributes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ To set the dash-offset and dash-list for dashed line styles of a given GC, use <function>XSetDashes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetDashes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetdashes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetDashes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ To set the fill-style of a given GC, use <function>XSetFillStyle</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillStyle</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfillstyle'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetFillStyle</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ To set the fill-rule of a given GC, use <function>XSetFillRule</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFillRule</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfillrule'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetFillRule</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ To obtain the best size of a tile, stipple, or cursor, use <function>XQueryBestSize</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestSize</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybestsize'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestSize</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2394,7 +2394,7 @@ To obtain the best fill tile shape, use <function>XQueryBestTile</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestTile</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybesttile'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestTile</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ To obtain the best stipple shape, use <function>XQueryBestStipple</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryBestStipple</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerybeststipple'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XQueryBestStipple</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ To set the fill tile of a given GC, use <function>XSetTile</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTile</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsettile'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetTile</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2674,7 +2674,7 @@ To set the stipple of a given GC, use <function>XSetStipple</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStipple</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetstipple'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetStipple</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ To set the tile or stipple origin of a given GC, use <function>XSetTSOrigin</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTSOrigin</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsettsorigin'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetTSOrigin</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ To set the current font of a given GC, use <function>XSetFont</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ To set the clip-origin of a given GC, use <function>XSetClipOrigin</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipOrigin</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetcliporigin'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetClipOrigin</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified pixmap, use <function>XSetClipMask</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipMask</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetclipmask'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetClipMask</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ To set the clip-mask of a given GC to the specified list of rectangles, use <function>XSetClipRectangles</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClipRectangles</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetcliprectangles'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetClipRectangles</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3211,7 +3211,7 @@ To set the arc mode of a given GC, use <function>XSetArcMode</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetArcMode</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetarcmode'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetArcMode</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3275,7 +3275,7 @@ To set the subwindow mode of a given GC, use <function>XSetSubwindowMode</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetSubwindowMode</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetsubwindowmode'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetSubwindowMode</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3339,7 +3339,7 @@ To set the graphics-exposures flag of a given GC, use <function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetGraphicsExposures</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetgraphicsexposures'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetGraphicsExposures</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml index 6cd6679f2..1f1202505 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH08.xml @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To clear a rectangular area of a given window, use <indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearArea</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcleararea'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XClearArea</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ To clear the entire area in a given window, use <indexterm><primary>Clearing</primary><secondary>windows</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClearWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xclearwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XClearWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ root and depth, use <indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>areas</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyArea</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcopyarea'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XCopyArea</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ To copy a single bit plane of a given drawable, use <indexterm><primary>Copying</primary><secondary>planes</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCopyPlane</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcopyplane'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XCopyPlane</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ To draw a single point in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawPoint</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoint</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawpoint'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawPoint</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ To draw multiple points in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawPoints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawPoints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawpoints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawPoints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ To draw a single line between two points in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawLine</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLine</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawline'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawLine</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ To draw multiple lines in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawLines</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawlines'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawLines</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ use <function>XDrawSegments</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawSegments</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawsegments'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawSegments</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ To draw the outline of a single rectangle in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawRectangle</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangle</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawrectangle'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawRectangle</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawRectangles</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawRectangles</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawrectangles'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawRectangles</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ To draw a single arc in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawArc</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawarc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawArc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ To draw multiple arcs in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawArcs</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawArcs</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawarcs'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawArcs</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ To fill a single rectangular area in a given drawable, use <function>XFillRectangle</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangle</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfillrectangle'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFillRectangle</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2019,7 +2019,7 @@ To fill multiple rectangular areas in a given drawable, use <function>XFillRectangles</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillRectangles</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfillrectangles'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFillRectangles</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ To fill a polygon area in a given drawable, use <indexterm><primary>Filling</primary><secondary>polygon</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillPolygon</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfillpolygon'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFillPolygon</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ To fill a single arc in a given drawable, use <function>XFillArc</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfillarc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFillArc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ To fill multiple arcs in a given drawable, use <function>XFillArcs</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFillArcs</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfillarcs'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFillArcs</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ To load a given font, use <function>XLoadFont</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xloadfont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Font <function>XLoadFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ To return information about an available font, use <function>XQueryFont</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xqueryfont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XFontStruct *<function>XQueryFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ in a single operation, use <function>XLoadQueryFont</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLoadQueryFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xloadqueryfont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XFontStruct *<function>XLoadQueryFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ use <function>XFreeFont</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3287,7 +3287,7 @@ To return a given font property, use <function>XGetFontProperty</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontProperty</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetfontproperty'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XGetFontProperty</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3362,7 +3362,7 @@ use <function>XUnloadFont</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnloadFont</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunloadfont'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUnloadFont</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3427,7 +3427,7 @@ To return a list of the available font names, use <function>XListFonts</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFonts</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlistfonts'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char **<function>XListFonts</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3514,7 +3514,7 @@ To free a font name array, use <function>XFreeFontNames</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontNames</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontnames'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeFontNames</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *list[]</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ To obtain the names and information about available fonts, use <function>XListFontsWithInfo</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListFontsWithInfo</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlistfontswithinfo'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char **<function>XListFontsWithInfo</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3658,7 +3658,7 @@ To free font structures and font names, use <function>XFreeFontInfo</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontInfo</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontinfo'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeFontInfo</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> **names</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3742,7 +3742,7 @@ To determine the width of an 8-bit character string, use <function>XTextWidth</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xtextwidth'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XTextWidth</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@ To determine the width of a 2-byte character string, use <function>XTextWidth16</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextWidth16</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xtextwidth16'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XTextWidth16</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ To compute the bounding box of an 8-bit character string in a given font, use <function>XTextExtents</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xtextextents'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XTextExtents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3950,7 +3950,7 @@ To compute the bounding box of a 2-byte character string in a given font, use <function>XTextExtents16</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xtextextents16'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XTextExtents16</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontStruct<parameter> *font_struct</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@ given font, use <function>XQueryTextExtents</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerytextextents'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XQueryTextExtents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@ in a given font, use <function>XQueryTextExtents16</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryTextExtents16</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerytextextents16'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XQueryTextExtents16</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4482,7 +4482,7 @@ To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawText</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawtext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawText</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4578,7 +4578,7 @@ To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawText16</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawText16</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawtext16'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawText16</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4738,7 +4738,7 @@ To draw 8-bit characters in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawString</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4834,7 +4834,7 @@ To draw 2-byte characters in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawString16</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawString16</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawstring16'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawString16</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4978,7 +4978,7 @@ To draw 8-bit image text characters in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawImageString</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawimagestring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawImageString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5074,7 +5074,7 @@ To draw 2-byte image text characters in a given drawable, use <function>XDrawImageString16</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDrawImageString16</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdrawimagestring16'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDrawImageString16</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5319,7 +5319,7 @@ To initialize the image manipulation routines of an image structure, use <function>XInitImage</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInitImage</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xinitimage'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XInitImage</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XImage<parameter> *image</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5377,7 +5377,7 @@ use <function>XPutImage</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutImage</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xputimage'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XPutImage</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5566,7 +5566,7 @@ use This function specifically supports rudimentary screen dumps.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetImage</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetimage'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XImage *<function>XGetImage</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5753,7 +5753,7 @@ to a location within a preexisting image structure, use <function>XGetSubImage</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetSubImage</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetsubimage'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XImage *<function>XGetSubImage</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml index 7d0f779f1..409be1d31 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH09.xml @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ To change a window's parent to another window on the same screen, use There is no way to move a window between screens.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReparentWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xreparentwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XReparentWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ To add or remove a window from the client's save-set, use <function>XChangeSaveSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangesaveset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XChangeSaveSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ To add a window to the client's save-set, use <function>XAddToSaveSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddToSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xaddtosaveset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAddToSaveSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ To remove a window from the client's save-set, use <function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveFromSaveSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xremovefromsaveset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRemoveFromSaveSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ To install a colormap, use <function>XInstallColormap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInstallColormap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xinstallcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XInstallColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ To uninstall a colormap, use <function>XUninstallColormap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUninstallColormap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xuninstallcolormap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUninstallColormap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ To obtain a list of the currently installed colormaps for a given screen, use <function>XListInstalledColormaps</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListInstalledColormaps</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlistinstalledcolormaps'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Colormap *<function>XListInstalledColormaps</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ To set the font search path, use <function>XSetFontPath</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetFontPath</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetfontpath'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetFontPath</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ To get the current font search path, use <function>XGetFontPath</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetFontPath</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetfontpath'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char **<function>XGetFontPath</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ use <function>XFreeFontPath</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontPath</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontpath'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeFontPath</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ To grab the server, use <indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>server</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabServer</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabserver'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGrabServer</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ To ungrab the server, use <function>XUngrabServer</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabServer</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabserver'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUngrabServer</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ To destroy a client, use <function>XKillClient</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKillClient</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xkillclient'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XKillClient</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ To set the screen saver mode, use <function>XSetScreenSaver</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetscreensaver'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ To force the screen saver on or off, use <function>XForceScreenSaver</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XForceScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xforcescreensaver'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XForceScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ To activate the screen saver, use <function>XActivateScreenSaver</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XActivateScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xactivatescreensaver'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XActivateScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ To reset the screen saver, use <function>XResetScreenSaver</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xresetscreensaver'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XResetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ To get the current screen saver values, use <function>XGetScreenSaver</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetScreenSaver</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetscreensaver'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGetScreenSaver</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ To add a single host, use <function>XAddHost</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHost</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xaddhost'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAddHost</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ To add multiple hosts at one time, use <function>XAddHosts</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddHosts</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xaddhosts'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAddHosts</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ To obtain a host list, use <function>XListHosts</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XListHosts</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlisthosts'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XHostAddress *<function>XListHosts</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ To remove a single host, use <function>XRemoveHost</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHost</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xremovehost'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRemoveHost</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ To remove multiple hosts at one time, use <function>XRemoveHosts</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRemoveHosts</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xremovehosts'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRemoveHosts</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ To change access control, use <function>XSetAccessControl</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetaccesscontrol'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetAccessControl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ To enable access control, use <function>XEnableAccessControl</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEnableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xenableaccesscontrol'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XEnableAccessControl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ To disable access control, use <function>XDisableAccessControl</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisableAccessControl</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisableaccesscontrol'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDisableAccessControl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml index c8031649a..13be59284 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH11.xml @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Another way is to use <function>XSelectInput</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSelectInput</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xselectinput'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSelectInput</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ To flush the output buffer, use <function>XFlush</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlush</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xflush'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFlush</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ use <function>XSync</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsync'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSync</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ To check the number of events in the event queue, use <function>XEventsQueued</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEventsQueued</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xeventsqueued'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XEventsQueued</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ To return the number of events that are pending, use <function>XPending</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xpending'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XPending</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ To get the next event and remove it from the queue, use <function>XNextEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNextEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xnextevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XNextEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ To peek at the event queue, use <function>XPeekEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xpeekevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XPeekEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ and, if found, remove the event from the queue, use <function>XIfEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xifevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XIfEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ To check the event queue for a matching event without blocking, use <function>XCheckIfEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcheckifevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckIfEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ without removing the event from the queue, use <function>XPeekIfEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPeekIfEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xpeekifevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XPeekIfEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ To remove the next event that matches both a window and an event mask, use <function>XWindowEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwindowevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XWindowEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ except that it never blocks and it returns a indicating if the event was returned.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcheckwindowevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckWindowEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ To remove the next event that matches an event mask, use <function>XMaskEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaskEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmaskevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XMaskEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ except that it never blocks and it returns a indicating if the event was returned.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckMaskEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcheckmaskevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckMaskEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type, use <function>XCheckTypedEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchecktypedevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckTypedEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ and a window, use <function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchecktypedwindowevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XCheckTypedWindowEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ To push an event back into the event queue, use <function>XPutBackEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutBackEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xputbackevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XPutBackEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ event to a requestor when a selection has been converted and stored as a property.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsendevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XSendEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ use <function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaymotionbuffersize'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned <type>long</type></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ To get the motion history for a specified window and time, use <function>XGetMotionEvents</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetMotionEvents</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetmotionevents'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XTimeCoord *<function>XGetMotionEvents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ an after function. sets which function is to be called.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetAfterFunction</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetafterfunction'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ To enable or disable synchronization, use <indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>synchronous mode</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSynchronize</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsynchronize'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ To set the error handler, use <function>XSetErrorHandler</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xseterrorhandler'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int *<function>XSetErrorHandler</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>int <parameter> *handler</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2238,7 +2238,7 @@ To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorText</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error message strings</secondary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgeterrortext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGetErrorText</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ To obtain error messages from the error database, use <function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorDatabaseText</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgeterrordatabasetext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGetErrorDatabaseText</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ To report an error to the user when the requested display does not exist, use <function>XDisplayName</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XDisplayName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ To handle fatal I/O errors, use <function>XSetIOErrorHandler</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIOErrorHandler</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetioerrorhandler'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><type>int</type></funcdef>
<paramdef>int(*handler)(Display<parameter> *)</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml index bfde8d927..01549f659 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH12.xml @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ To grab the pointer, use <indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabPointer</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabpointer'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XGrabPointer</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ To ungrab the pointer, use <indexterm><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabPointer</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabpointer'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUngrabPointer</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ To change an active pointer grab, use <indexterm ><primary>Changing</primary><secondary>pointer grab</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeActivePointerGrab</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangeactivepointergrab'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XChangeActivePointerGrab</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ To grab a pointer button, use <indexterm><primary>Button</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabButton</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabbutton'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGrabButton</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ To ungrab a pointer button, use <indexterm><primary>Button</primary><secondary>ungrabbing</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabButton</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabbutton'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUngrabButton</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ To grab the keyboard, use <indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>keyboard</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabKeyboard</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabkeyboard'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XGrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ To ungrab the keyboard, use <indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>keyboard</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabKeyboard</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabkeyboard'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUngrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ To passively grab a single key of the keyboard, use <indexterm><primary>Grabbing</primary><secondary>keys</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGrabKey</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgrabkey'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGrabKey</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ To ungrab a key, use <indexterm><primary>Ungrabbing</primary><secondary>keys</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUngrabKey</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xungrabkey'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUngrabKey</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ To allow further events to be processed when the device has been frozen, use <function>XAllowEvents</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAllowEvents</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xallowevents'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAllowEvents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ To move the pointer to an arbitrary point in a window, use <function>XWarpPointer</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWarpPointer</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwarppointer'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XWarpPointer</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ To set the input focus, use <function>XSetInputFocus</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetInputFocus</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetinputfocus'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetInputFocus</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ To obtain the current input focus, use <function>XGetInputFocus</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetInputFocus</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetinputfocus'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGetInputFocus</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ If an error is generated, a subset of the controls may have been altered. <!-- .sp -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangekeyboardcontrol'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XChangeKeyboardControl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@ To obtain the current control values for the keyboard, use <function>XGetKeyboardControl</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetKeyboardControl</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetkeyboardcontrol'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGetKeyboardControl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ To turn on keyboard auto-repeat, use <function>XAutoRepeatOn</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAutoRepeatOn</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xautorepeaton'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAutoRepeatOn</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ To turn off keyboard auto-repeat, use <function>XAutoRepeatOff</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAutoRepeatOff</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xautorepeatoff'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAutoRepeatOff</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ To ring the bell, use <function>XBell</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBell</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xbell'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XBell</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2629,7 +2629,7 @@ To obtain a bit vector that describes the state of the keyboard, use <function>XQueryKeymap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryKeymap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xquerykeymap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XQueryKeymap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@ To set the mapping of the pointer buttons, use <function>XSetPointerMapping</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetPointerMapping</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetpointermapping'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XSetPointerMapping</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@ To get the pointer mapping, use <function>XGetPointerMapping</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPointerMapping</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetpointermapping'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XGetPointerMapping</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ To control the pointer's interactive feel, use <function>XChangePointerControl</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangePointerControl</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangepointercontrol'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XChangePointerControl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ To get the current pointer parameters, use <function>XGetPointerControl</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPointerControl</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetpointercontrol'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XGetPointerControl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3224,7 +3224,7 @@ To obtain the legal KeyCodes for a display, use <function>XDisplayKeycodes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayKeycodes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplaykeycodes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDisplayKeycodes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ To obtain the symbols for the specified KeyCodes, use <function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetkeyboardmapping'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>KeySym *<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3408,7 +3408,7 @@ To change the keyboard mapping, use <function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XChangeKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xchangekeyboardmapping'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3580,7 +3580,7 @@ structure, use <function>XNewModifiermap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XNewModifiermap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xnewmodifiermap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XNewModifiermap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>int<parameter> max_keys_per_mod</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3619,7 +3619,7 @@ structure, use <function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XInsertModifiermapEntry</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xinsertmodifiermapentry'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XInsertModifiermapEntry</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ structure, use <function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdeletemodifiermapentry'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XDeleteModifiermapEntry</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3745,7 +3745,7 @@ structure, use <function>XFreeModifiermap</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeModifiermap</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreemodifiermap'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XFreeModifiermap</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ To set the KeyCodes to be used as modifiers, use <function>XSetModifierMapping</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetModifierMapping</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetmodifiermapping'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XSetModifierMapping</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3897,7 +3897,7 @@ To obtain the KeyCodes used as modifiers, use <function>XGetModifierMapping</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetModifierMapping</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetmodifiermapping'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XModifierKeymap *<function>XGetModifierMapping</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml index e28b1b0f3..9f61ff554 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH13.xml @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ To configure Xlib locale modifiers for the current locale, use <function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetLocaleModifiers</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetlocalemodifiers'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *modifier_list</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ To allocate a nested variable argument list dynamically, use <function>XVaCreateNestedList</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XVaCreateNestedList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xvacreatenestedlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XVaNestedList <function>XVaCreateNestedList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>int<parameter> dummy</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ To open an output method, use <function>XOpenOM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenOM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xopenom'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XOM <function>XOpenOM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ To close an output method, use <function>XCloseOM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseOM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcloseom'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XCloseOM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ To set output method attributes, use <function>XSetOMValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetOMValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetomvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XSetOMValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ To query an output method, use <function>XGetOMValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetOMValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetomvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XGetOMValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ To obtain the display associated with an output method, use <function>XDisplayOfOM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfOM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofom'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfOM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ To get the locale associated with an output method, use <function>XLocaleOfOM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfOM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleofom'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfOM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ To create an output context, use <function>XCreateOC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateOC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateoc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XOC <function>XCreateOC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOM<parameter> om</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ To destroy an output context, use <function>XDestroyOC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyOC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyoc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XDestroyOC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ To get the output method associated with an output context, use <function>XOMOfOC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOMOfOC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xomofoc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XOM <function>XOMOfOC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ To set <acronym>XOC</acronym> values, use <function>XSetOCValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetOCValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetocvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XSetOCValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ To obtain <acronym>XOC</acronym> values, use <function>XGetOCValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetOCValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetocvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XGetOCValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XOC<parameter> oc</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ or <function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateFontSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatefontset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XFontSet <function>XCreateFontSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ use <function>XFontsOfFontSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFontsOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfontsoffontset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XFontsOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2585,7 +2585,7 @@ use <function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xbasefontnamelistoffontset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2647,7 +2647,7 @@ use <function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleoffontset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2700,7 +2700,7 @@ if the output context was created by <function>XCreateFontSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeFontSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreefontset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XFreeFontSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ To find out about direction-dependent rendering, use <function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdirectionaldependentdrawing'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XDirectionalDependentDrawing</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2842,7 +2842,7 @@ To find out about context-dependent rendering, use <function>XContextualDrawing</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XContextualDrawing</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcontextualdrawing'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XContextualDrawing</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2880,7 +2880,7 @@ To find out about context-dependent or direction-dependent rendering, use <function>XContextDependentDrawing</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XContextDependentDrawing</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcontextdependentdrawing'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XContextDependentDrawing</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ use <function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XExtentsOfFontSet</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xextentsoffontset'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XFontSetExtents *<function>XExtentsOfFontSet</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextEscapement</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextEscapement</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextescapement'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XmbTextEscapement</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3056,7 +3056,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextescapement'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XwcTextEscapement</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3139,7 +3139,7 @@ use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextExtents</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextextents'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XmbTextExtents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ use </funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
<funcsynopsis>
-<funcprototype>
+<funcprototype id='xwctextextents'>
<funcdef>int <function>XwcTextExtents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
<paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextPerCharExtents</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextPerCharExtents</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextpercharextents'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XmbTextPerCharExtents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3314,7 +3314,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextpercharextents'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XwcTextPerCharExtents</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XFontSet<parameter> font_set</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3581,7 +3581,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawText</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawText</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawtext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawText</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3593,7 +3593,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawtext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawText</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3732,7 +3732,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawString</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3745,7 +3745,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3878,7 +3878,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcDrawImageString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbdrawimagestring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XmbDrawImageString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3891,7 +3891,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwcdrawimagestring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XwcDrawImageString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5184,7 +5184,7 @@ To open a connection, use <function>XOpenIM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOpenIM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xopenim'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XIM <function>XOpenIM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5305,7 +5305,7 @@ To close a connection, use <function>XCloseIM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCloseIM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcloseim'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XCloseIM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5339,7 +5339,7 @@ To set input method attributes, use <function>XSetIMValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIMValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetimvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XSetIMValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5392,7 +5392,7 @@ To query an input method, use <function>XGetIMValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIMValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetimvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XGetIMValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5455,7 +5455,7 @@ To obtain the display associated with an input method, use <function>XDisplayOfIM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayOfIM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdisplayofim'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Display *<function>XDisplayOfIM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5489,7 +5489,7 @@ To get the locale associated with an input method, use <function>XLocaleOfIM</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLocaleOfIM</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlocaleofim'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XLocaleOfIM</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5523,7 +5523,7 @@ To register an input method instantiate callback, use <function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xregisteriminstantiatecallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5619,7 +5619,7 @@ The function returns The generic prototype is as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='iminstantiatecallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>IMInstantiateCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5668,7 +5668,7 @@ To unregister an input method instantiation callback, use <function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunregisteriminstantiatecallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6108,7 +6108,7 @@ or The generic prototype of this callback function is as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DestroyCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='destroycallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>DestroyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6344,7 +6344,7 @@ To create an input context, use <function>XCreateIC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateIC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateic'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XIC <function>XCreateIC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIM<parameter> im</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6437,7 +6437,7 @@ To destroy an input context, use <function>XDestroyIC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyIC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyic'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XDestroyIC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6474,7 +6474,7 @@ and <function>XUnsetICFocus</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetICFocus</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xseticfocus'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetICFocus</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6515,7 +6515,7 @@ does not affect the focus window value. <!-- .sp -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnsetICFocus</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunseticfocus'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XUnsetICFocus</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6564,14 +6564,14 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbResetIC</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcResetIC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbresetic'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XmbResetIC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwcresetic'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>wchar_t *<function>XwcResetIC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6639,7 +6639,7 @@ To get the input method associated with an input context, use <function>XIMOfIC</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIMOfIC</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='ximofic'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XIM <function>XIMOfIC</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6684,7 +6684,7 @@ To set <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, use <function>XSetICValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetICValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xseticvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XSetICValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -6767,7 +6767,7 @@ To obtain <acronym>XIC</acronym> values, use <function>XGetICValues</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetICValues</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgeticvalues'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XGetICValues</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -8320,7 +8320,7 @@ argument is a pointer to a structure of type The generic prototype is as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditStateNotifyCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='preeditstatenotifycallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditStateNotifyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -8671,7 +8671,7 @@ After the callback is invoked, the input context will be freed by Xlib. The generic prototype is as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DestroyCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='destroycallback_xic'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>DestroyCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -8733,7 +8733,7 @@ with an encoding matching the locale bound to the input context. The callback prototype is as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StringConversionCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='stringconversioncallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StringConversionCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -8894,7 +8894,7 @@ callback is triggered to let the toolkit do the setup or the cleanup for the preedit region.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditStartCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='preeditstartcallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function><replaceable>PreeditStartCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -8948,7 +8948,7 @@ in the preedit string, and a value of -1 indicates there is no limit.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='preeditdonecallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditDoneCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9029,7 +9029,7 @@ The callback prototype is as follows:
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='preeditdrawcallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditDrawCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9416,7 +9416,7 @@ should move the text insertion point. It then calls the PreeditCaretCallback.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>PreeditCaretCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='preeditcaretcallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>PreeditCaretCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9632,7 +9632,7 @@ When the input context is created or gains focus, the input method calls the StatusStartCallback callback.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusStartCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='statusstartcallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusStartCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9689,7 +9689,7 @@ When an input context is destroyed or when it loses focus, the input method calls StatusDoneCallback.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusDoneCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='statusdonecallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusDoneCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9744,7 +9744,7 @@ When an input context status has to be updated, the input method calls StatusDrawCallback.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>StatusDrawCallback</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='statusdrawcallback'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function><replaceable>StatusDrawCallback</replaceable></function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9882,7 +9882,7 @@ To filter an event, use <function>XFilterEvent</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFilterEvent</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfilterevent'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XFilterEvent</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9966,7 +9966,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbLookupString</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcLookupString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmblookupstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XmbLookupString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -9978,7 +9978,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwclookupstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XwcLookupString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XIC<parameter> ic</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml index 2baf6d5bf..17802910d 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH14.xml @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ To request that a top-level window be iconified, use <function>XIconifyWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIconifyWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xiconifywindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XIconifyWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ To request that a top-level window be withdrawn, use <function>XWithdrawWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWithdrawWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwithdrawwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XWithdrawWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ To request that a top-level window be reconfigured, use <function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReconfigureWMWindow</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xreconfigurewmwindow'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XReconfigureWMWindow</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextlisttotextproperty'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextlisttotextproperty'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XwcTextListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbtextpropertytotextlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XmbTextPropertyToTextList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ or </funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<!-- .FN -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwctextpropertytotextlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XwcTextPropertyToTextList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ wide character string list, use <function>XwcFreeStringList</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XwcFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwcfreestringlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XwcFreeStringList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>wchar_t<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ structure, use <function>XStringListToTextProperty</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringListToTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstringlisttotextproperty'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XStringListToTextProperty</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ structure in the STRING encoding, use <function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XTextPropertyToStringList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xtextpropertytostringlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XTextPropertyToStringList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XTextProperty<parameter> *text_prop</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ To free the in-memory data associated with the specified string list, use <function>XFreeStringList</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFreeStringList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfreestringlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XFreeStringList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> **list</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ To set one of a window's text properties, use <function>XSetTextProperty</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsettextproperty'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetTextProperty</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ To read one of a window's text properties, use <function>XGetTextProperty</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTextProperty</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgettextproperty'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetTextProperty</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_NAME</property> property with the supplied conven <function>XSetWMName</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetWMName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_NAME</property> property with the supplied conve <function>XGetWMName</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ To assign a name to a window, use <indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>name</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstorename'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XStoreName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ To get the name of a window, use <function>XFetchName</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfetchname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XFetchName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ use <function>XSetWMIconName</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmiconname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetWMIconName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ use <function>XGetWMIconName</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMIconName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmiconname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMIconName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ To set the name to be displayed in a window's icon, use <indexterm><primary>Window</primary><secondary>icon name</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xseticonname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetIconName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ To get the name a window wants displayed in its icon, use <function>XGetIconName</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconName</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgeticonname'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetIconName</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_HINTS</property> property, use <function>XSetWMHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetWMHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_HINTS</property> property, use <function>XGetWMHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XWMHints *<function>XGetWMHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property, use <function>XSetWMNormalHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmnormalhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetWMNormalHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> property, use <function>XGetWMNormalHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMNormalHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmnormalhints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMNormalHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> property, use <function>XSetWMSizeHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmsizehints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetWMSizeHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2657,7 +2657,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_SIZE_HINTS</property> property, use <function>XGetWMSizeHints</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMSizeHints</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmsizehints'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMSizeHints</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_CLASS</property> property, use <function>XSetClassHint</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetClassHint</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetclasshint'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetClassHint</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_CLASS</property> property, use <function>XGetClassHint</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetClassHint</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetclasshint'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetClassHint</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property, use <function>XSetTransientForHint</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsettransientforhint'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetTransientForHint</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</property> property, use <function>XGetTransientForHint</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetTransientForHint</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgettransientforhint'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetTransientForHint</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property, use <function>XSetWMProtocols</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmprotocols'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XSetWMProtocols</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3257,7 +3257,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property, use <function>XGetWMProtocols</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMProtocols</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmprotocols'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMProtocols</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property, use <function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmcolormapwindows'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XSetWMColormapWindows</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3443,7 +3443,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</property> property, use <function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMColormapWindows</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmcolormapwindows'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMColormapWindows</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property, use <function>XSetIconSizes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xseticonsizes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetIconSizes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3684,7 +3684,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_ICON_SIZE</property> property, use <function>XGetIconSizes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetIconSizes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgeticonsizes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetIconSizes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3781,7 +3781,7 @@ The standard window manager properties for a given window are <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>, and <property>WM_LOCALE_NAME</property>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XmbSetWMProperties</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmbsetwmproperties'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XmbSetWMProperties</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3999,7 +3999,7 @@ The standard window manager properties for a given window are <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, and <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMProperties</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmproperties'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetWMProperties</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4225,7 +4225,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property, use <function>XSetCommand</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetCommand</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetcommand'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetCommand</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4305,7 +4305,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_COMMAND</property> property, use <function>XGetCommand</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetCommand</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetcommand'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetCommand</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4396,7 +4396,7 @@ To set a window's <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property, use <function>XSetWMClientMachine</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetwmclientmachine'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetWMClientMachine</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4456,7 +4456,7 @@ To read a window's <property>WM_CLIENT_MACHINE</property> property, use <function>XGetWMClientMachine</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWMClientMachine</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetwmclientmachine'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetWMClientMachine</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4918,7 +4918,7 @@ structure, use <function>XSetRGBColormaps</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetrgbcolormaps'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XSetRGBColormaps</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -5098,7 +5098,7 @@ structure associated with the specified property, use <function>XGetRGBColormaps</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetRGBColormaps</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetrgbcolormaps'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XGetRGBColormaps</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml index 753dff177..a91aa6993 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH15.xml @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ or <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToQuark</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPermStringToQuark</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtoquark'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XrmQuark <function>XrmStringToQuark</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ To convert a quark to a string, use </literallayout>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQuarkToString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmquarktostring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XrmQuarkToString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmQuark<parameter> quark</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ To convert a string with one or more components to a quark list, use <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToQuarkList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtoquarklist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmStringToQuarkList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ and a quark list, use <function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmstringtobindingquarklist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XrmStringToBindingQuarkList</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ To initialize the resource manager, use <function>XrmInitialize</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmInitialize</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrminitialize'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmInitialize</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>void<parameter> XrmInitialize(\|)</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ To retrieve a database from disk, use <function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetfiledatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetFileDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ To store a copy of a database to disk, use <function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputfiledatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmPutFileDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ To obtain a pointer to the screen-independent resources of a display, use <function>XResourceManagerString</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XResourceManagerString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xresourcemanagerstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XResourceManagerString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ To obtain a pointer to the screen-specific resources of a screen, use <function>XScreenResourceString</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XScreenResourceString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xscreenresourcestring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XScreenResourceString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Screen<parameter> *screen</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ To create a database from a string, use <function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetStringDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetstringdatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetStringDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *data</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ To obtain the locale name of a database, use <function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmlocaleofdatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XrmLocaleOfDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ To destroy a resource database and free its allocated memory, use <function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmDestroyDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmdestroydatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmDestroyDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ To associate a resource database with a display, use <function>XrmSetDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmSetDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmsetdatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmSetDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ To get the resource database associated with a display, use <function>XrmGetDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetdatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XrmGetDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ To merge the contents of a resource file into a database, use <function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineFileDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmcombinefiledatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XrmCombineFileDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ To merge the contents of one database into another database, use <function>XrmCombineDatabase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmCombineDatabase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmcombinedatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmCombineDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabasesource_db,<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ semantics, use <function>XrmMergeDatabases</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmMergeDatabases</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmmergedatabases'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmMergeDatabases</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabasesource_db,<parameter> *target_db</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ or <!-- .sp -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmGetResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmgetresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XrmGetResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ Returns the value in the database. <!-- .sp -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ To obtain a list of database levels, use <function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchList</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetsearchlist'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ To search resource database levels for a given resource, use <function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQGetSearchResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqgetsearchresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XrmQGetSearchResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmSearchList<parameter> list</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ This value is copied into the specified database. <!-- .sp -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmPutResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ The value is stored in the database without modification. <!-- .sp -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQPutResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqputresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmQPutResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ To add a resource that is specified as a string, use <function>XrmPutStringResource</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputstringresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmPutStringResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ To add a string resource using quarks as a specification, use <function>XrmQPutStringResource</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmQPutStringResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmqputstringresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmQPutStringResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ both a name and a value, use <function>XrmPutLineResource</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmPutLineResource</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmputlineresource'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmPutLineResource</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ To enumerate the entries of a database, use #define XrmEnumOneLevel 0
</literallayout>
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmenumeratedatabase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XrmEnumerateDatabase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> database</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ To load a resource database from a C command line, use <function>XrmParseCommand</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XrmParseCommand</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrmparsecommand'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XrmParseCommand</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XrmDatabase<parameter> *database</parameter></paramdef>
diff --git a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml index 9c7bf8c01..31dc2fc5d 100644 --- a/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml +++ b/libX11/specs/libX11/CH16.xml @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ To obtain a KeySym for the KeyCode of an event, use <function>XLookupKeysym</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupKeysym</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupkeysym'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>KeySym <function>XLookupKeysym</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XKeyEvent<parameter> *key_event</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ To obtain a KeySym for a specific KeyCode, use <function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeycodeToKeysym</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xkeycodetokeysym'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>KeySym <function>XKeycodeToKeysym</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ To obtain a KeyCode for a key having a specific KeySym, use <function>XKeysymToKeycode</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToKeycode</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xkeysymtokeycode'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>KeyCode <function>XKeysymToKeycode</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ To refresh the stored modifier and keymap information, use <function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrefreshkeyboardmapping'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRefreshKeyboardMapping</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XMappingEvent<parameter> *event_map</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ To obtain the uppercase and lowercase forms of a KeySym, use <function>XConvertCase</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XConvertCase</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xconvertcase'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>void <function>XConvertCase</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ To convert the name of the KeySym to the KeySym code, use <function>XStringToKeysym</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStringToKeysym</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstringtokeysym'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>KeySym <function>XStringToKeysym</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *string</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ To convert a KeySym code to the name of the KeySym, use <function>XKeysymToString</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XKeysymToString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xkeysymtostring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XKeysymToString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>KeySym<parameter> keysym</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ To map a key event to an ISO Latin-1 string, use <function>XLookupString</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookupString</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xlookupstring'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XLookupString</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XKeyEvent<parameter> *event_struct</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ use <function>XRebindKeysym</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRebindKeysym</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrebindkeysym'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRebindKeysym</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ To allocate some memory you will never give back, use <function>Xpermalloc</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Xpermalloc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xpermalloc'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>Xpermalloc</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> size</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ To parse standard window geometry strings, use <para>
<!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xparsegeometry'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XParseGeometry</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *parsestring</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ To construct a window's geometry information, use <function>XWMGeometry</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWMGeometry</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwmgeometry'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XWMGeometry</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ To generate a region from a polygon, use </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPolygonRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xpolygonregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Region <function>XPolygonRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XPoint<parameter> points[]</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ To set the clip-mask of a GC to a region, use <function>XSetRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsetregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSetRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ To deallocate the storage associated with a specified region, use <function>XDestroyRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDestroyRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ To move a region by a specified amount, use <function>XOffsetRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOffsetRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xoffsetregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XOffsetRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ To reduce a region by a specified amount, use <function>XShrinkRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XShrinkRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xshrinkregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XShrinkRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ To generate the smallest rectangle enclosing a region, use <function>XClipBox</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XClipBox</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xclipbox'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XClipBox</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ To compute the intersection of two regions, use <function>XIntersectRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XIntersectRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xintersectregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XIntersectRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ To compute the union of two regions, use <function>XUnionRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunionregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUnionRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ To create a union of a source region and a rectangle, use <function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XUnionRectWithRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xunionrectwithregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XUnionRectWithRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XRectangle<parameter> *rectangle</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ To subtract two regions, use <function>XSubtractRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubtractRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsubtractregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XSubtractRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ of two regions, use <function>XXorRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XXorRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xxorregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XXorRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Regionsra,srb,<parameter> dr_return</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ To determine if the specified region is empty, use <function>XEmptyRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEmptyRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xemptyregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XEmptyRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ To determine if two regions have the same offset, size, and shape, use <function>XEqualRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XEqualRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xequalregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XEqualRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Regionr1,<parameter> r2</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ To determine if a specified point resides in a specified region, use <function>XPointInRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPointInRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xpointinregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Bool <function>XPointInRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ To determine if a specified rectangle is inside a region, use <function>XRectInRegion</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRectInRegion</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrectinregion'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XRectInRegion</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Region<parameter> r</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ To store data in cut buffer 0, use <function>XStoreBytes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBytes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstorebytes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XStoreBytes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ To store data in a specified cut buffer, use <function>XStoreBuffer</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBuffer</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xstorebuffer'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XStoreBuffer</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ To return data from cut buffer 0, use <function>XFetchBytes</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBytes</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfetchbytes'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XFetchBytes</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ To return data from a specified cut buffer, use <function>XFetchBuffer</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBuffer</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfetchbuffer'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>char *<function>XFetchBuffer</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ To rotate the cut buffers, use <function>XRotateBuffers</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateBuffers</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xrotatebuffers'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XRotateBuffers</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ template, use <function>XGetVisualInfo</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetvisualinfo'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XVisualInfo *<function>XGetVisualInfo</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ class of the screen, use <function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMatchVisualInfo</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xmatchvisualinfo'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Status <function>XMatchVisualInfo</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2747,7 +2747,7 @@ structure and initialize it with image format values from a display, use <function>XCreateImage</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateImage</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreateimage'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XImage *<function>XCreateImage</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@ To obtain a pixel value in an image, use <function>XGetPixel</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetPixel</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xgetpixel'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XGetPixel</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -2991,7 +2991,7 @@ To set a pixel value in an image, use <function>XPutPixel</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPutPixel</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xputpixel'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XPutPixel</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3063,7 +3063,7 @@ To create a subimage, use <function>XSubImage</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSubImage</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsubimage'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>XImage *<function>XSubImage</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ To increment each pixel in an image by a constant value, use <function>XAddPixel</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XAddPixel</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xaddpixel'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XAddPixel</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XImage<parameter> *ximage</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ use <function>XDestroyImage</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyImage</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdestroyimage'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef><function>XDestroyImage</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>XImage *<parameter>ximage</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@ To read a bitmap from a file and store it in a pixmap, use <function>XReadBitmapFile</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xreadbitmapfile'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XReadBitmapFile</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3440,7 +3440,7 @@ To read a bitmap from a file and return it as data, use <function>XReadBitmapFileData</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XReadBitmapFileData</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xreadbitmapfiledata'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XReadBitmapFileData</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>char<parameter> *filename</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3537,7 +3537,7 @@ To write out a bitmap from a pixmap to a file, use <function>XWriteBitmapFile</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xwritebitmapfile'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XWriteBitmapFile</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3664,7 +3664,7 @@ To create a pixmap and then store bitmap-format data into it, use <function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatepixmapfrombitmapdata'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3796,7 +3796,7 @@ in a program directly, as opposed to reading it in every time at run time, use <function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateBitmapFromData</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xcreatebitmapfromdata'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>Pixmap <function>XCreateBitmapFromData</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -3942,7 +3942,7 @@ To save a data value that corresponds to a resource ID and context type, use <function>XSaveContext</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSaveContext</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xsavecontext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XSaveContext</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4016,7 +4016,7 @@ To get the data associated with a resource ID and type, use <function>XFindContext</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFindContext</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xfindcontext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XFindContext</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
@@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ To delete an entry for a given resource ID and type, use <function>XDeleteContext</function>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteContext</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM -->
-<funcsynopsis>
+<funcsynopsis id='xdeletecontext'>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>XDeleteContext</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
|